Joint Waste Management Plan for the South East Region 2006

Transcription

Joint Waste Management Plan
for the South East Region 2006
Plan
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
REGIONAL OPERATIONAL COMMITTEE
Chairman
Mr. M. Malone, County Manager, Kilkenny County Council
Members
Kilkenny County Council
Mr. P. O’Neill, Director of Services
Mr. P. Foley, Senior Engineer
Ms. A. Mongan O’Shea
Waterford City Council
Mr. M. Walsh, Director of Services
Mr. M. O’Sullivan, Senior Executive Engineer
Carlow County Council
Mr. J. Mulholland, Director of Services
Wexford County Council
Mr. K. O’Brien, Director of Services (replaced
by Mr. N. McGuigan, Director of Services)
Mr. E. Hore, Senior Engineer
Mr. T. O’Corcora, Senior Executive Engineer
Mr. E. Brophy, Senior Executive Officer
Waterford County Council
Mr. D. McCarty, Director of Services
Mr. P. Daly, Senior Engineer
Mr. D. Tuohy, Senior Executive Officer
CONSULTANTS
South Tipperary County Council
Mr. S. Keating, Director of Services
Mr. J. Harney, Senior Executive Officer
Mr. R. O’Farrell, Senior Engineer (replaced by
Mr. D. Holland, Senior Engineer)
Mr. E. Timoney, Fehily Timoney & Company
Ms. B. Guinan, Fehily Timoney & Company
DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT
Mr. Patrick Geoghegan
INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS FORUM
The Forum met on 4th October 2005 during the preparation of the Plan. The meeting was
chaired by Councillor Derry Foley, Cathaoirleach, South Tipperary County Council.
Plan
i/xxi
June 2006
DATE OF MAKING OF PLAN
The plan was made on 1st June 2006 by:
Mr. Ned O’Connor – County Manager, South Tipperary County Council
Mr. Ray O’Dwyer – County Manager, Waterford County Council
Mr. Michael Malone – County Manager, Kilkenny County Council
Mr. Joe Crockett – County Manager, Carlow County Council
Mr. Eddie Breen – County Manager, Wexford County Council
Mr. Conn Murray – City Manager, Waterford City Council
Plan
ii/xxi
June 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
1.
INTRODUCTION ...........................................................................................................................1
AUTHORISATION .................................................................................................. 1
DEFINITION OF PURPOSE ..................................................................................... 1
OBJECTIVE .......................................................................................................... 2
METHODOLOGY ................................................................................................... 2
BACKGROUND ..................................................................................................... 2
PROJECT TEAM ................................................................................................... 5
SUMMARY OF WASTE STATISTICS ........................................................................ 5
SPECIFIC POLICY AND OBJECTIVES ...................................................................... 5
2.
OVERVIEW OF THE REGION .................................................................................................6
2.1. TOPOGRAPHY ..................................................................................................... 6
2.2. GEOLOGY ........................................................................................................... 8
2.3. SOIL ASSOCIATIONS ............................................................................................ 8
2.4. HYDROGEOLOGY ............................................................................................... 11
2.5. GROUNDWATER PROTECTION ............................................................................ 13
2.6. WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS .............................................................. 15
2.7. MINERAL RESOURCES ....................................................................................... 16
2.8. INFRASTRUCTURE ............................................................................................. 19
2.8.1. Road Network ........................................................................................... 19
2.8.2. Rail Network.............................................................................................. 20
2.8.3. Ports and Navigable Waterways ............................................................... 20
2.8.4. Regional Airport ........................................................................................ 21
2.8.5. Municipal Water Supply and Sewerage Services Infrastructure ............... 24
2.9. HOSPITAL AND HEALTHCARE SERVICES ............................................................. 24
2.10. POWER GENERATION ..................................................................................... 25
2.11. POPULATION AND SETTLEMENT ...................................................................... 25
2.11.1. Population Projection for the South East Region ...................................... 27
2.11.2. Household Numbers ................................................................................. 28
2.12. ECONOMIC STRUCTURE OF THE REGION ......................................................... 28
2.13. TOURISM ....................................................................................................... 29
2.14. AGRICULTURE ................................................................................................ 30
2.15. INDUSTRY ...................................................................................................... 30
2.16. CONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT ............................................................... 31
2.17. LAND USE IN THE SOUTH EAST REGION .......................................................... 33
2.18. COASTAL AND MARINE CHARACTERISATION OF THE SOUTH EAST REGION ....... 35
2.19. PROTECTED AREA SPECIAL AREAS OF CONSERVATION (SAC) AND NATURAL
HERITAGE AREA (NHA).................................................................................. 35
1.1.
1.2.
1.3.
1.4.
1.5.
1.6.
1.7.
1.8.
Plan
iii/xxi
June 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
3.
COUNTY DEVELOPMENT PLANS AND OTHER SPECIFIC POLICIES .............37
3.1. COUNTY DEVELOPMENT PLANS ......................................................................... 37
3.1.1. Carlow County Council.............................................................................. 38
3.1.2. Kilkenny County Council ........................................................................... 38
3.1.3. South Tipperary County Council ............................................................... 39
3.1.4. Waterford County Council ......................................................................... 39
3.1.5. Waterford City ........................................................................................... 40
3.1.6. Wexford County Council ........................................................................... 40
3.2. SOUTH EAST REGIONAL AUTHORITY – REGIONAL PLANNING GUIDELINES ........... 41
3.3. OTHER SPECIFIC POLICIES ................................................................................ 42
3.3.1. National Spatial Strategy........................................................................... 42
3.3.2. RAPID Initiative ......................................................................................... 44
3.4. PLANNING THE LOCATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES .......................... 44
3.4.1. Planning Applicants (Commercial and Industrial Sectors) ........................ 45
4.
WASTE MANAGEMENT POLICIES OF NEIGHBOURING LOCAL
AUTHORITIES .................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................46
4.1.
4.2.
4.3.
4.4.
4.5.
4.6.
COUNTY KILDARE .............................................................................................. 47
COUNTY WICKLOW ............................................................................................ 47
MIDLANDS REGION ............................................................................................ 47
MID WEST REGION ............................................................................................ 47
CORK REGION ................................................................................................... 48
DISPOSAL FACILITIES OUTSIDE THE REGION ....................................................... 48
5.
REPORTED WASTE GENERATION ..................................................................................50
5.1. DATA SOURCES................................................................................................. 51
5.2. HOUSEHOLD WASTE .......................................................................................... 51
5.2.1. Household Waste Collection ..................................................................... 52
5.2.2. Bring Centres and Recycling Centres ....................................................... 52
5.2.3. Comparison with JWMPSE 2002 .............................................................. 54
5.2.4. Composition of Household Waste............................................................. 54
5.2.5. Household Hazardous Waste ................................................................... 55
5.3. COMMERCIAL WASTE ........................................................................................ 56
5.3.1. Comparison with JWMPSE ....................................................................... 56
5.3.2. Commercial Waste Composition............................................................... 57
5.3.3. Hazardous Component of Commercial Waste.......................................... 57
5.4. INDUSTRIAL WASTE ........................................................................................... 58
5.4.1. Non-hazardous Industrial Sludge.............................................................. 58
5.4.2. Comparison with JWMPSE ....................................................................... 58
5.4.3. Hazardous Component of Industrial Waste .............................................. 59
5.5. LITTER AND STREET CLEANING WASTES ............................................................ 59
5.6. MINING AND QUARRYING WASTE ....................................................................... 60
5.6.1. Hazardous Component of Mining and Quarrying Waste........................... 60
5.7. MUNICIPAL SLUDGE ARISINGS ........................................................................... 60
Plan
iv/xxi
June 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
5.8. AGRICULTURAL WASTE ARISINGS ...................................................................... 61
5.8.1. Hazardous Fraction of Agricultural Waste................................................. 62
5.9. ASH AND OTHER INCINERATION RESIDUES ......................................................... 62
5.10. CONTAMINATED SOIL ..................................................................................... 62
5.11. PRIORITY WASTE STREAMS ............................................................................ 62
5.11.1. Packaging ................................................................................................. 62
5.11.2. Construction and Demolition Waste.......................................................... 63
5.11.3. Hazardous Fraction................................................................................... 63
5.11.4. Healthcare Waste...................................................................................... 64
5.11.5. Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) ................................ 64
5.11.6. Batteries .................................................................................................... 64
5.11.7. Waste Oil................................................................................................... 65
5.11.8. PCBs ......................................................................................................... 65
5.11.9. Tyres ......................................................................................................... 65
5.11.10. End of Life Vehicles (ELV’s) .................................................................. 65
5.11.11. Port Waste ............................................................................................. 65
5.12. HAZARDOUS WASTES..................................................................................... 66
5.12.1. Data........................................................................................................... 66
5.13. WASTE MOVEMENTS ...................................................................................... 67
5.13.1. Inter-Regional Waste Movement............................................................... 67
5.13.2. Exports of Waste....................................................................................... 68
5.14. DEFICIENCIES IN WASTE STATISTICS .............................................................. 68
5.14.1. Household Waste...................................................................................... 68
5.14.2. Commercial Waste Arisings including Packaging Waste.......................... 68
5.14.3. Industrial Waste ........................................................................................ 69
5.14.4. Hazardous Waste...................................................................................... 69
5.14.5. Agricultural Waste ..................................................................................... 69
5.15. RECOMMENDATIONS ON IMPROVED DATA MANAGEMENT ................................. 69
6.
EXISTING WASTE MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS ............................................70
6.1. COLLECTION OF HOUSEHOLD, COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL WASTE ................. 70
6.1.1. County Carlow........................................................................................... 71
6.1.2. County Kilkenny ........................................................................................ 71
6.1.3. South Tipperary......................................................................................... 71
6.1.4. Waterford City ........................................................................................... 72
6.1.5. County Waterford ...................................................................................... 72
6.1.6. County Wexford ........................................................................................ 72
Plan
v/xxi
June 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
6.2. COLLECTION FOR RECOVERY............................................................................. 73
6.2.1. Glass ......................................................................................................... 73
6.2.2. Paper and Cardboard................................................................................ 74
6.2.3. Drink Cans ................................................................................................ 74
6.2.4. Other Metals.............................................................................................. 74
6.2.5. Plastic........................................................................................................ 75
6.2.6. Farm Plastic .............................................................................................. 75
6.2.7. Waste Oil................................................................................................... 75
6.2.8. Batteries .................................................................................................... 75
6.2.9. Textiles...................................................................................................... 76
6.2.10. Wood......................................................................................................... 76
6.2.11. Used Beverage Cartons (UBC)................................................................. 76
6.3. WASTE MANAGEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE ........................................................... 76
6.3.1. Bring Centres ............................................................................................ 77
6.3.2. Recycling Centres ..................................................................................... 77
6.3.3. Transfer Stations....................................................................................... 80
6.3.4. Materials Recovery Facilities .................................................................... 84
6.3.5. Biological Waste Treatment Facilities ....................................................... 87
6.3.6. Landfill Facilities........................................................................................ 90
6.3.7. Soil Remediation Facilities ........................................................................ 93
6.3.8. Closed Waste Management Facilities....................................................... 93
6.3.9. Other Waste Permitted Sites..................................................................... 94
6.4. PROPOSED WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES FOR THE SOUTH EAST REGION ..... 94
6.4.1. Proposed Bring Centres............................................................................ 94
6.4.2. Proposed Recycling Centres..................................................................... 95
6.4.3. Proposed Waste Transfer Stations ........................................................... 95
6.4.4. Proposed MRF .......................................................................................... 95
6.4.5. Proposed Biological Treatment Facilities .................................................. 95
6.4.6. Proposed Landfill Facilities ....................................................................... 96
6.5. WASTE ENFORCEMENT ...................................................................................... 99
6.6. LOCAL AUTHORITY WASTE INITIATIVES IN THE SOUTH EAST REGION ................... 99
6.6.1. Carlow County Council............................................................................ 100
6.6.2. Kilkenny County Council ......................................................................... 101
6.6.3. South Tipperary County Council ............................................................. 103
6.6.4. Waterford City Council ............................................................................ 104
6.6.5. Wexford County Council ......................................................................... 107
Plan
vi/xxi
June 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
7.
REVIEW OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION.......................112
7.1. WASTE PREVENTION AND MINIMISATION .......................................................... 112
7.1.1. Progress Made to Date ........................................................................... 112
7.2. WASTE COLLECTION ....................................................................................... 113
7.2.1. Domestic Waste Collection ..................................................................... 113
7.2.3. Commercial Waste Collection ................................................................. 116
7.3. WASTE RECOVERY AND RECYCLING ................................................................ 116
7.3.2. Recovery and Recycling of Packaging Waste ........................................ 118
7.4. ENERGY RECOVERY FROM WASTE................................................................... 119
7.5. WASTE TREATMENT ........................................................................................ 119
7.6. FINAL DISPOSAL .............................................................................................. 121
7.7. REVIEW OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................... 121
8.
WASTE GENERATION FORECASTS ..............................................................................122
8.1. WASTE FORECASTS ........................................................................................ 122
8.2. FUTURE INFRASTRUCTURAL CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS .................................... 124
8.2.1. Short Term Requirements....................................................................... 126
9.
POLICY DEVELOPMENT ......................................................................................................128
9.1. WASTE MANAGEMENT SCENARIOS................................................................... 128
9.2. SCENARIO COMPONENTS ................................................................................ 129
9.2.1. Scenario 1 – Full Recycling/Recovery with Residual to Landfill only ...... 131
9.2.2. Scenario 2a and 2b – Full Recycling/Recovery with Residual to a MBT
Facility followed by Thermal Treatment or Landfill............................................... 132
9.2.3. Scenario 3 – Full Recycling/Recovery with Residual to Thermal Treatment
and Landfill........................................................................................................... 133
9.3. RECYCLING AND COLLECTION EFFICIENCIES OF WASTE.................................... 134
Plan
vii/xxi
June 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
10. POLICY DECISION MAKING CRITERIA ........................................................................137
10.1. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT OF RECOMMENDED WASTE MANAGEMENT
SCENARIOS ...................................................................................................... 137
10.1.1. Results of the Assessment...................................................................... 139
10.1.2. Conclusion .............................................................................................. 144
10.2. FINANCIAL ASSESSMENT .............................................................................. 146
10.2.1. Waste Arisings ........................................................................................ 147
10.2.2. Financial Model for Assessment of Scenarios ........................................ 148
10.2.3. Financial Evaluation ................................................................................ 149
10.3. SUMMARY .................................................................................................... 151
11. SPECIFIC POLICY AND OBJECTIVES FOR THE REGION ...................................152
11.1. PUBLIC AWARENESS AND EDUCATION ........................................................... 152
11.2. PREVENTION AND MINIMISATION ................................................................... 153
11.3. WASTE COLLECTION AND CHARGING ............................................................ 154
11.4. WASTE RECOVERY AND RECYCLING ............................................................. 156
11.5. WASTE TREATMENT ..................................................................................... 157
11.6. NATIONAL HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN ..................................... 160
11.7. PRIORITY WASTE STREAMS .......................................................................... 160
11.8. MARKET DEVELOPMENT ............................................................................... 163
11.9. IDENTIFICATION OF SITES – WASTE DISPOSAL OR RECOVERY ....................... 163
11.10. UNAUTHORISED WASTE MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES ........................................ 165
11.11. CONTAMINATED SITES .................................................................................. 166
11.12. POLICY ON JOINT MANAGEMENT AND PROCUREMENT.................................... 167
11.13. LOCATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES ............................................ 167
11.14. COMPLAINTS MANAGEMENT ......................................................................... 168
12. WISER WAYS’ PUBLIC AWARENESS & INFORMATION CAMPAIGN ............169
12.1. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................. 169
12.2. PUBLIC AWARENESS AND INFORMATION STRATEGY....................................... 169
12.2.1. Targets .................................................................................................... 169
12.2.2. Key Issues............................................................................................... 170
12.2.3. Strategy and Implementation .................................................................. 171
12.2.4. Delivery ................................................................................................... 171
13. IMPLEMENTATION – PROGRAMME & MONITORING ............................................172
13.1. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................. 172
13.2. IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAMME .................................................................... 172
14. PROCUREMENT (INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY) ...........................................175
14.1.1. Public/Private Partnership....................................................................... 175
Plan
viii/xxi
June 2006
LIST OF TABLES
PAGE
TABLE 2.1: STATUS OF GROUNDWATER PROTECTION PLANS IN THE SOUTH EAST REGION .
.................................................................................................................. 13
TABLE 2.2: MAJOR ROAD PROJECTS IN THE REGION ..................................................... 19
TABLE 2.3: WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE TREATMENT PLANTS IN THE SOUTH EAST
REGION ...................................................................................................... 24
TABLE 2.4: HOSPITAL & HEALTHCARE SERVICES INFORMATION (2003) .......................... 25
TABLE 2.5: PRIVATE HOUSEHOLD NUMBERS IN THE SOUTH EAST REGION 2002 ............ 28
TABLE 2.6: TOURISM NUMBERS (000S) 2000-2003 ....................................................... 29
TABLE 2.7: INDICATORS OF INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY FOR THE SOUTH EAST & THE STATE
2002 .......................................................................................................... 30
TABLE 2.8: EMPLOYMENT* IN IDA SUPPORTED IRISH AND FOREIGN OWNED FIRMS 2003. 31
TABLE 2.9: EMPLOYMENT IN BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION 1998 TO 2002.................... 31
TABLE 2.10: TOTAL HOUSE COMPLETIONS BY ADMINISTRATIVE AREA (SEPT) 2004 ...... 33
TABLE 3.1: MATRIX OF DEVELOPMENT PLANS AND RELEVANT WASTE MANAGEMENT
OBJECTIVES ............................................................................................... 37
TABLE 3.2: AREAS IDENTIFIED UNDER THE RAPID INITIATIVE ......................................... 44
TABLE 4.1: SUMMARY OF NEIGHBOURING AUTHORITIES WASTE MANAGEMENT PLANS ... 48
TABLE 4.2: STATUS OF EXTRA-REGIONAL DEVELOPMENTS ............................................ 49
TABLE 5.1: WASTE COLLECTED IN THE SOUTH EAST REGION 2003 ............................... 50
TABLE 5.2: TOTAL HOUSEHOLD WASTE REPORTED AS COLLECTED IN THE REGION IN 2003
.................................................................................................................. 51
TABLE 5.3: HOUSEHOLD WASTE COLLECTED IN 2003 BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES (AS
REPORTED)................................................................................................. 52
TABLE 5.4: HOUSEHOLD WASTE COLLECTED IN 2003 BY PRIVATE COLLECTORS (AS
REPORTED)................................................................................................. 52
TABLE 5.5: COMPARISON OF HOUSEHOLD ARISINGS DATA FROM 2000 AND 2003 .......... 54
TABLE 5.6: COMPOSITION OF REPORTED HOUSEHOLD WASTE COLLECTED IN THE SOUTH
EAST 2003 ................................................................................................. 54
TABLE 5.7: HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE COLLECTION ........................................... 55
TABLE 5.8: TOTAL COMMERCIAL WASTE QUANTITIES REPORTED AS COLLECTED IN 2003
BY THE PRIVATE SECTOR ......................................................................................... 56
TABLE 5.9: COMPARISON OF COMMERCIAL WASTE ARISINGS DATA FROM 2000 AND 2003 .
.................................................................................................................. 56
TABLE 5.10: COMPOSITIONS OF COMMERCIAL WASTE REPORTED AS COLLECTED IN THE
SOUTH EAST 2003 .................................................................................. 57
TABLE 5.11: TOTAL INDUSTRIAL WASTE QUANTITIES MANAGED IN THE REGION 2003 (AS
REPORTED) ............................................................................................. 58
TABLE 5.12: NON-HAZARDOUS INDUSTRIAL SLUDGES .................................................. 58
TABLE 5.13: COMPARISON OF INDUSTRIAL WASTE ARISINGS DATA FROM 2000 AND 2003
............................................................................................................... 59
TABLE 5.14: TOTAL LITTER AND STREET SWEEPING WASTE QUANTITIES 2003 ............. 59
TABLE 5.15: MUNICIPAL SLUDGE ARISINGS (2003) ...................................................... 60
TABLE 5.16: AGRICULTURAL SLUDGE ARISINGS IN THE REGION 2003 ........................... 61
TABLE 5.17: MAIN SOURCE OF PACKAGING WASTE ARISINGS IN THE SOUTH EAST
REGION (2003)........................................................................................ 63
Plan
ix/xxi
June 2006
LIST OF TABLES
PAGE
TABLE 5.18:
TABLE 5.19:
TABLE 5.20:
TABLE 5.21:
TABLE 5.22:
TABLE 5.23:
TABLE 6.1:
TABLE 6.2:
TABLE 6.3:
TABLE 6.4:
TABLE 6.5:
TABLE 6.6:
TABLE 6.7:
TABLE 6.8:
TABLE 6.9:
TABLE 6.10:
TABLE 6.11:
TABLE 6.12:
TABLE 6.13:
TABLE 6.14:
TABLE 7.1:
TABLE 7.2:
TABLE 7.3:
TABLE 7.4:
TABLE 7.5:
TABLE 7.6:
TABLE 7.7:
TABLE 7.8:
TABLE 8.1:
TABLE 8.2:
TABLE 8.3:
TABLE 8.4:
TABLE 8.5:
Plan
HEALTHCARE WASTE TRANSPORTED UNDER C1 FORMS IN THE SOUTH EAST
IN 2003 ................................................................................................... 64
WASTE OIL COLLECTED IN THE REGION IN 2003....................................... 65
HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION IN IRELAND .......................................... 66
EXPORT OF WASTE, NOTIFICATIONS PROCESSED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES IN
THE SOUTH EAST 2003............................................................................ 66
HAZARDOUS WASTE MOVEMENTS PERMITTED BY CONSIGNMENT NOTES
ISSUED IN THE REGION 2003.................................................................... 67
KNOWN VOLUME OF INTER REGIONAL WASTE MOVEMENT ........................ 68
COLLECTION OF HOUSEHOLD WASTE IN THE REGION AS REPORTED IN 2003 70
COLLECTION OF INDIVIDUAL WASTE FRACTIONS IN THE REGION 2003 .......... 73
BRING CENTRES IN THE SOUTH EAST REGION 2004 .................................... 77
RECYCLING CENTRES IN THE SOUTH EAST REGION 2004 ............................ 79
WASTE FRACTIONS ACCEPTED AT RECYCLING CENTRES IN THE SOUTH EAST
REGION 2004 ............................................................................................. 79
WASTE TRANSFER STATIONS OPERATING WITH A WASTE LICENCE IN THE
SOUTH EAST REGION 2005......................................................................... 80
PRIVATE WASTE TRANSFER STATIONS OPERATING UNDER WASTE PERMITS IN
THE SOUTH EAST REGION ........................................................................... 83
MATERIAL RECOVERY FACILITIES OPERATING UNDER A WASTE PERMIT IN THE
SOUTH EAST REGION.................................................................................. 85
BIOLOGICAL WASTE TREATMENT FACILITIES OPERATED UNDER A WASTE
PERMIT 2003.............................................................................................. 88
EXISTING LANDFILLS IN THE REGION (2004) ............................................. 91
SUMMARY OF CLOSED LANDFILL SITES (2004) ......................................... 93
NUMBER OF WASTE PERMITTED FACILITIES IN THE SOUTH EAST REGION
2004 ....................................................................................................... 94
PROPOSED LANDFILL FACILITIES (ANNUAL INPUT AND EXPECTED LIFESPAN) .
............................................................................................................... 96
SUMMARY OF THE PUBLIC AWARENESS INITIATIVES IN EACH COUNTY...... 109
HOUSEHOLDS PARTICIPATING IN HOME COMPOSTING OR 3-BIN ORGANIC WASTE
COLLECTION SERVICE ................................................................................ 113
JWMPSE POLICY FOR DOMESTIC WASTE COLLECTION ............................. 114
NO. OF HOUSEHOLDS PARTICIPATING IN A 2-BIN COLLECTION SERVICE (END
2004) ....................................................................................................... 115
JWMPSE POLICY FOR COMMERCIAL WASTE COLLECTION ........................ 116
JWMPSE POLICY ON WASTE RECOVERY AND RECYCLING ........................ 117
JWMPSE POLICY ON ENERGY RECOVERY FROM WASTE ........................... 119
JWMPSE POLICY ON WASTE TREATMENT ................................................ 120
JWMPSE POLICY ON FINAL DISPOSAL ...................................................... 121
WASTE ARISINGS FORECAST FOR THE SOUTH EAST REGION 2006-2026 ... 123
WASTE TONNAGES FOR THE BASE YEAR 2006............................................ 123
WASTE TONNAGES FOR THE DESIGN YEAR 2011 ........................................ 124
DATA SENSITIVITY TABLE .......................................................................... 125
DESIGN YEAR 2011 .................................................................................. 126
x/xxi
June 2006
LIST OF TABLES
PAGE
TABLE 9.1: COLLECTION AND RECYCLING OF HOUSEHOLD WASTE ............................... 135
TABLE 9.2: COLLECTION AND RECYCLING OF COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL WASTE .... 136
TABLE 10.1: SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE INDICATORS USED IN
ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................ 138
TABLE 10.2 RECOVERY, RECYCLING AND DISPOSAL INDICATORS FOR EACH SCENARIO . 145
TABLE 10.3: BIO-DEGRADABLE WASTE ...................................................................... 146
TABLE 10.4: PROJECTED WASTE ARISINGS FOR THE REGION ..................................... 148
TABLE 10.5 INVESTMENT AND OPERATIONAL COSTS FOR WASTE SERVICES ................. 149
TABLE 10.6: FINANCIAL EVALUATION (CORE COST – NETT PRESENT VALUE (NPV)) ... 150
TABLE 10.7: FINANCIAL EVALUATION (RESIDUAL WASTE DISPOSAL COST – NETT
PRESENT VALUE (NPV)) ........................................................................ 150
TABLE 13.1: PROGRAMME OF IMPLEMENTATION OF THE JOINT WASTE MANAGEMENT
PLAN ..................................................................................................... 174
Plan
xi/xxi
June 2006
TABLE OF FIGURES
PAGE
FIGURE 1.1: WASTE MANAGEMENT HIERARCHY ................................................................ 4
FIGURE 2.1: TOPOGRAPHY OF THE SOUTH EAST ............................................................... 7
FIGURE 2.2: BEDROCK GEOLOGY OF THE SOUTH EAST REGION ........................................ 9
FIGURE 2.3: SOILS IN THE SOUTH EAST REGION ............................................................. 10
FIGURE 2.4: GENERALISED AQUIFER CLASSIFICATION MAP ............................................. 12
FIGURE 2.5: AREAS GENERALLY SUITABLE FOR LANDFILL ............................................... 14
FIGURE 2.6: SURFACE WATER CATCHMENT MAP ............................................................ 17
FIGURE 2.7: ACTIVE QUARRIES PITS AND MINES IN THE SOUTH EAST .............................. 18
FIGURE 2.8: TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE.................................................................... 22
FIGURE 2.9: PORTS AND NAVIGABLE WAYS .................................................................... 23
FIGURE 2.10: POPULATION DISTRIBUTION IN THE REGION .............................................. 26
FIGURE 2.11: PERCENTAGE OF POPULATION LIVING IN RURAL AND URBAN AREAS 2002. 26
FIGURE 2.12: POPULATION PROJECTIONS TO 2036........................................................ 27
FIGURE 2.13: BREAKDOWN OF TOURISM IN THE SOUTH EAST (SOURCE: BORD FAILTE) .. 29
FIGURE 2.14: VALUE OF CONSTRUCTION OUTPUT IN THE REGION .................................. 32
FIGURE 2.15: COMPOSITION OF TOTAL OUTPUT OF SOUTH EAST REGION IN 2001.......... 32
FIGURE 2.16: LAND USE ............................................................................................... 34
FIGURE 2.17: DESIGNATED AREAS IN THE SOUTH EAST REGION .................................... 36
FIGURE 3.1: DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY FOR THE SOUTH EAST REGION (SOURCE: NSS).. 43
FIGURE 4.1: WASTE MANAGEMENT PLANNING AREAS ..................................................... 46
FIGURE 5.1: HOUSEHOLD WASTE REPORTED AS COLLECTED AT BRING CENTRES IN THE
SOUTH EAST 2003...................................................................................... 53
FIGURE 5.2: HOUSEHOLD WASTE REPORTED AS COLLECTED AT RECYCLING CENTRES IN
THE SOUTH EAST 2003 ............................................................................... 53
FIGURE 5.3: ESTIMATED FRACTIONS OF HOUSEHOLD WASTE COLLECTED IN THE REGION,
2003 (AS REPORTED).................................................................................. 55
FIGURE 5.4: ESTIMATED FRACTIONS OF COMMERCIAL WASTE REPORTED AS COLLECTED IN
THE SOUTH EAST 2003 ............................................................................... 57
FIGURE 6.1: PERCENTAGE OF HOUSEHOLDS SERVICED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY OR PRIVATE
CONTRACTOR COLLECTION AND PERCENTAGE OF HOUSES UNSERVICED IN 2003
.................................................................................................................. 70
FIGURE 6.2: EXISTING WASTE MANAGEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE (WASTE PERMITTED SITES
NOT INCLUDED)........................................................................................... 78
FIGURE 6.3: PROPOSED WASTE MANAGEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE (WASTE LICENCE APPLIED
FOR)........................................................................................................... 98
FIGURE 9.1: PATHWAYS FOR THE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL OF THE 3-BIN COLLECTION
SYSTEM.................................................................................................... 130
FIGURE 9.2: PATHWAYS FOR THE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL OF THE 3-BIN SYSTEM IN
SCENARIO 1 ............................................................................................. 131
SCENARIO 2 (A) ........................................................................................ 132
SCENARIO 2 (B) ........................................................................................ 133
SCENARIO 3 ............................................................................................. 134
FIGURE 10.1: POTENTIAL IMPACT ON ACIDIFICATION .................................................... 139
Plan
xii/xxi
June 2006
TABLE OF FIGURES
PAGE
FIGURE 10.2:
FIGURE 10.3:
FIGURE 10.4:
FIGURE 10.5:
FIGURE 10.6:
FIGURE 10.7:
FIGURE 14.1:
Plan
POTENTIAL IMPACT FOR OZONE CREATION ............................................. 140
POTENTIAL IMPACT FOR EUTROPHICATION ............................................. 141
POTENTIAL FOR GLOBAL WARMING ........................................................ 142
POTENTIAL ECOLOGICAL TOXICITY ......................................................... 142
POTENTIAL HUMAN TOXICITY ................................................................. 143
SUMMARY OF RELATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT POTENTIAL ................. 144
FLOW CHART FOR SETTING OUT METHODOLOGY .................................... 176
xiii/xxi
June 2006
GLOSSARY
A
Active Gas Collection
A technique that forcibly removes gas from a landfill by attaching a vacuum or
pump to a network of pipelines in the landfill or surrounding soils to remove the
gases.
Active Waste
Waste which will decompose in landfill sites.
Aerated Static Pile
Forced aeration method of composting in which a free standing composting pile is
aerated by a blower moving air through perforated pipes located beneath the pile.
Aeration
The process of exposing bulk material, like compost, to air.
refers to the use of blowers in compost piles.
Aerobic Decomposition
A type of biological decomposition that requires oxygen.
Anaerobic Decomposition
A type of biological decomposition that does not use oxygen.
Aquifer
A geological formation, group of formations, or portion of a formation capable of
yielding significant quantities of groundwater to wells or springs.
Arisings
In relation to waste, sources of waste, e.g., industrial, agricultural, household etc.
Ash Residues
Ash from the combustion process. This can take the form of fly ash or bottom
ash.
Attenuation
Depletion or dispersion of a chemical compound in this instance, often as it
passes through layers of soil or rock.
Forced aeration
B
BAT
best available technique The technology in question should be:
best at preventing pollution
available in the sense that it is procurable by the industry concerned
technique itself is taken as the techniques and the use of the techniques,
including training and maintenance, etc.
Baling
The compaction of solid waste (shredded or non-shredded) or plastic and metal
recyclables (flattened or non-flattened) into small rectangular blocks or bales.
Baled solid waste is placed in a landfill, with cover material surrounding a bale or
group of bales. Baling recyclable materials makes them easier to handle and
transport.
Bedrock
A general term for the rock, usually solid, that underlies soil or other
unconsolidated material.
Berm
An artificial mound of soil.
Bio-Accumulation
The retaining and accumulation over time of certain chemical compounds in
organic matter such as the tissues of plants and animals.
Biodegradable material
Materials that can be broken down by micro-organisms into simple, stable
compounds such as carbon dioxide and water. Most organic materials such as
food scraps and paper are biodegradable.
Bottom Ash
The remaining non-combustible material collected on grates or in other locations
during the combustion process.
Plan
xiv/xxi
June 2006
GLOSSARY cont’d
Buffer Zone
An area that protects by intercepting or moderating adverse pressures or
influences, in this case for the environment or public welfare. For example, a
buffer zone is established between a composting facility and neighbouring
residents to minimise to minimise odour problems.
Bulking Agent
In relation to waste, a material used to add volume to the primary waste material
to make it more porous, which increases airflow. For example, municipal solid
waste can act as a bulking agent when mixed with water treatment sludge.
Bulky Items
Large items of waste, including appliances, furniture, larger auto-parts, nonhazardous construction and demolition materials, trees, branches and stumps,
etc. that cannot be handled by normal solid waste processing, collection or
disposal methods.
Bring Sites
Individual stand-alone receptacles within a neighbourhood civic amenity site,
recycling bring scheme etc. For example, bottle bank, can bank, textile bank.
C
CAPEX
The capital expenditure or cost for the establishment of a facility or service, e.g.,
refuse trucks, thermal treatment facility, etc.
Capping
The top layer of a landfill, consisting of topsoil, subsoil, geomembranes and clay
used to restore the landfill.
Civic Amenity Site
(Civic Waste Facility)
Site at which waste can be deposited by members of the public for:
i)
the segregation, mixing, baling, storage or treatment of waste prior to its
recovery or disposal
ii) the recovery of waste
iii) the disposal of waste (other than household)
Commercial Waste
Waste from premises used wholly or mainly for the purposes of a trade or
business, or for the purposes of sport, recreation, education or entertainment, but
does not include household, agricultural or industrial waste.
Co-mingled Recyclables
Two or more recyclable materials collected together (i.e., not separated). In
some types of collection programs, recyclable materials may be co-mingled, as
long as they do not contaminate each other. For example, glass and plastic can
be co-mingled, but glass and oil cannot.
Compacting
Closely packing materials together to ensure and efficient use of space.
Composite Liner
A landfill liner system composed of both natural soil liners and synthetic liners.
The liner is laid on clay, and must be in direct and uniform contact with the clay.
Composting
The controlled biological decomposition of organic solid materials.
Construction and Demolition
Waste
Materials resulting from the construction, remodelling, repair or demolition of
structures such as buildings, bridges, and pavements.
Cover Material
Material, either natural soil or geosynthetic material used in a landfill to cover the
waste. This impedes water infiltration, landfill gas emissions and bird and rodent
congregation. It is also used to control odours and make the site more visually
attractive. There are three forms of landfill cover: daily cover, intermediate cover
and final cover.
Cullet
Clean, usually colour-sorted, crushed glass used to make new glass products.
Plan
xv/xxi
June 2006
GLOSSARY cont’d
D
Daily Cover Material
Material, usually soil, used in a landfill to cover the waste after it has been compacted at the
end of each day. The cover is placed mainly to ward off scavengers (birds and rodents) and
for odour control.
Disposal
In relation to waste, generally refers to the final, controlled deposition of waste to land (or
sea), or permanent impoundment or storage, or incineration; such waste could have been
treated or untreated.
Diversion Rate
The amount of material being diverted for recycling compared to the total amount that was
previously disposed of to landfill.
Drop-off Collection
A method of collecting recyclable or compostable materials in which individuals take the
materials to collection sites such as civic amenity sites.
Dry Recyclables
Recyclable material normally comprising paper, cardboard, plastics, and metal cans. Glass
is handled separately for safety reasons.
E
Electrostatic
Precipitators
Devices for removing particulate matter from an incinerator facility’s air emissions. It works
by causing the particles to become electrostatically charged and then attracting them to an
oppositely charged plate, where they are precipitated out of the flue gasses.
End of Pipe
Technology
The treatment of waste as an “add on” at the end of a process.
End-Use market
A company that purchases recycled materials for use as feedstock in manufacturing new
products.
Energy Recovery
Conversion of waste to energy, generally through the combustion or decomposition of
processed or raw waste to produce electricity or heat.
F
Facility
In relation to the recovery or disposal of waste, any site or premises used for such purpose.
Fault
A fracture in the continuity of a rock formation caused by a shifting or dislodging of the
earth's crust, in which adjacent rock surfaces are displaced relative to one another and
parallel to the fracture.
Metals derived from iron. They can be removed from co-mingled materials using large
magnets at separation facilities.
Ferrous Metals
Flaring
The burning of surplus and residual gases from a landfill through a flame pipe.
Flue Gas
All gasses and products of combustion that leave a furnace by way of a flue or duct.
Fly Ash
Small, solid particles of ash and soot suspended in gases resulting from the combustion of
fuel. Fly ash is removed from the flue gas by pollution-control equipment.
Fly-Tipping
Illegal dumping of rubbish in unauthorised places.
Plan
xvi/xxi
June 2006
GLOSSARY cont’d
G
Gas control and
Recovery System
A series of vertical wells or horizontal trenches containing permeable materials and
perforated piping under negative pressure. The systems are designed to collect landfill
gases for treatment or for use as an energy source.
Gate Fee
Cost per tonne of waste disposed to a waste facility.
Generation Rate
The amount of waste that is produced over a given amount of time. For example, a district
could have a generation rate of 100 tonnes per day.
Geographic
Information System
(GIS)
A system, usually computerised, that includes locations of all geographical characteristics
of an area of land. Items can include elevation, houses, public utilities, or the location of
bodies of water, aquifers, and flood plains.
Geologists
A person who studies the origin, physical nature, structure and history of rock and soil
formations.
Greenhouse Gases
Collective term for gases that have an influence on the Greenhouse Effect, i.e.,
chloroflurocarbons (CFCs), carbon dioxide, methane, water vapour, etc.
Groundwater
Water that occupies pores and crevices in rock and soil, below the ground and above a
layer of impermeable material.
H
Hazardous Waste
Waste which can have a harmful effect on the environment and on human health.
HGV
Heavy goods vehicle.
Home Compost
Scheme
Household Waste
Provision of home composting units to households (often free of charge or subsidised).
Hydrologist
Waste produced within the curtilage of a building or self-contained part of a building used
for the purposes of living accommodation.
A person who studies the properties, distribution, and effects of water on the earth’s
surface, in the soil and underlying rocks, and in the atmosphere.
I
Incineration
To burn waste materials, generally at high temperatures.
Incinerator
A facility in which solid waste is combusted.
Industrial Waste
Materials discarded from industrial operations or derived from manufacturing processes.
Inert Waste
Non-reactive wastes, e.g., rubble, brick, glass, etc.
Inorganic Waste
Waste composted of matter other than plant or animal (i.e., contains no carbon).
Integrated Solid Waste
Management
A practice using several alternative waste management techniques to manage and
dispose of specific components of the municipal solid waste stream. Waste management
alternatives include source reduction, recycling, composting, energy recovery, and
landfilling.
In-vessel Composting
A method in which compost is continuously and mechanically mixed and aerated in a
large, contained area.
Plan
xvii/xxi
June 2006
GLOSSARY cont’d
K
Kerbside Collection
Programmes in which recyclable materials are collected at the kerb (outside households),
often from special containers, and then taken to various processing facilities.
L
Landfill
A method of disposing of waste by burying in sites, licenced by the EPA, which have been
engineered to prevent contamination of the surrounding area and water table; also refers
to the sites used for such disposal.
Landfill Gas
A mixture of primarily methane and carbon dioxide that is generated in landfills by the
anaerobic decomposition of organic wastes.
Landfill Tax
Tax on all waste entering landfills intended to encourage waste recovery.
Leachate
Any liquid percolating through deposited waste and emitted from or contained within a
landfill.
Liner
A system of low-permeability soil and/or geosynthetic membranes used to collect leachate
and minimise contaminant flow to groundwater.
M
Magnetic Separation
A system to remove ferrous metals from other metals in a mixed municipal waste
stream. Magnets are used to collect the ferrous materials
Mass-Burn System
A municipal waste combustion technology in which solid waste is burned in a controlled
system without prior sorting or processing.
Materials Recovery Facility
(MRF)
A facility which recovers recyclable material from waste. A clean MRF is a facility which
separates dry recyclables into separate recycling streams. A dirty MRF is a facility which
separates both the dry recyclable fraction and the organic fraction of waste.
Mechanical Separation
The separation of waste into components using mechanical means, such as cyclones,
trommels and screens.
Mechanical-Biological
Treatment (MBT)
This is a combination of mechanical separation and biological treatment of municipal
solid waste. In the context of this plan, it means the mechanical separation and
biological treatment of the residual municipal solid waste. The residual MSW is the
remaining waste fraction after separation at source of the dry materials and biological
fractions, (normally by means of a 3-bin system). It is not a replacement technology for
3-bin source separation.
Methane
An odourless, colourless, flammable, explosive gas produced by municipal solid waste
undergoing anaerobic decomposition. Methane is emitted from municipal solid waste
landfills.
Municipal Solid Waste
(MSW)
Waste from households, shops, offices and some industrial waste, generally handled by
local authorities or large waste management firms.
Plan
xviii/xxi
June 2006
GLOSSARY cont’d
N
Natural Resources
A material source of wealth, such as timber, fresh water, or a mineral deposit that occurs
in a natural state and has an economic value.
O
OPEX
Operational costs associated with operating a facility or service.
Organic Material
(Organic Waste)
Materials containing carbon. The organic fraction of MSW includes paper, wood, food
scraps, plastics and yard trimmings.
P
Packaging
Any material, container or wrapping used for or in connection with the containment,
transport, handling, protection, promotion, marketing or sale of any product or
substance.
Participation Rate
Percentage of the population within a catchment area of a particular waste management
facility or service, actually using that facility or service.
Particulate Matter (PM)
Tiny pieces of matter, especially associated with atmospheric pollution, generally
resulting from the combustion process. PM can have harmful health effects when
breathed. Pollution control at combustion facilities is designed to limit particulate
emissions.
Percolate
To ooze or trickle through a permeable substance.
Permeability
A measure of how well a liquid moves through the pores of a solid. Applied to landfills in
terms of how quickly water moves through soil: It is typically expressed as meters per
second.
Phasing
A system of running a project in more than one step (phase). Each phase is generally
independent of the others, which offers more flexibility in management and operation.
Pilot Program
A trial run of the planned programme conducted on a small scale to forecast the
workability of the planned program. Changes could be made to the programme
depending on the results of the pilot study.
Polluter Pays Principle
The idea that parties causing pollution bear the costs of their actions.
Prevention
The reduction of the quantity and of the harmfulness for the environment of waste
products.
Proximity Principle
The requirement to treat wastes close to where they arise, e.g., within the boundary of
the plant or community in which they are generated.
Plan
xix/xxi
June 2006
GLOSSARY cont’d
R
Recovery
In relation to waste, means any activity carried on for the purposes of reclaiming or reusing,
in whole or in part, the waste and any activities related to such reclamation, recycling or reuse.
Recovery Rate
Percentage of usable material that has been removed from waste for re-use, recycling, or
use for a new purpose.
Recycle/Re-use
Minimising waste generation by recovering and reprocessing usable products that might
otherwise become waste (e.g., recycling of aluminium cans, paper bottles, etc.).
Recycling
The process by which materials otherwise destined for disposal are collected, re-processed,
or re-manufactured, and are re-used.
Refuse-Derived Fuel (RDF)
Product of a mixed waste processing system in which certain recyclable and noncombustible materials are removed, with the remaining combustible material converted for
use as a fuel to create energy.
Repak
Non-profit, voluntary, membership compliance scheme, established by the Government.
REPS
Rural Environment Protection Scheme. A Government programme to encourage farmers to
carry out their activities in a less intensive and more environmentally friendly manner.
Residue/Residual
The materials remaining after processing, incineration, composting, or recycling. Residues
are usually disposed of in landfills.
Resource Recovery
A term describing the extraction and use of materials and energy from the waste stream.
The term is sometimes used synonymously with energy recovery.
Re-use
The use of a product more than once in its same form for the same purpose, e.g., a soft
drink bottle is re-used when it is returned to the bottling company for refilling.
S
Sandstone
A sedimentary rock composed of abundant rounded or angular fragments of sand set in a
fine-grained matrix (silt or clay) and more-or-less firmly united by a cementing material.
Scrap
Discarded or rejected industrial waste material often suitable for recycling.
Sewage Sludge
Semi-solid and solid waste matter removed from sewage at sewage treatment plants.
Shredder
A mechanical device used to break waste materials into smaller pieces by tearing and
impact action. Shredding solid waste is done to minimise its volume or make it more readily
combustible.
Solid Waste
Any refuse or sludge from a waste water treatment plant, water supply treatment plant or air
pollution control facility, and other discarded material, including solid, liquid, semi-solid, or
contained gaseous material resulting from domestic, commercial, industrial, or community
activities
Source Reduction
The design, manufacture, acquisition, and re-use of materials so as to minimise the quantity
and/or toxicity of waste produced. Source reduction prevents waste either by re-designing
products or by otherwise changing societal patterns of consumption, use, and waste
generation. (See also, “Waste Reduction.”)
Source Separation
The segregation of specific materials at the point of generation for separate collection.
Households source separate recyclables as part of kerbside recycling programs.
Special Waste
Items that require special or separate handling, such as household hazardous wastes, bulky
wastes, tyres and used oil.
Plan
xx/xxi
June 2006
GLOSSARY cont’d
T
Thermal Treatment
This term is generally taken to refer to incineration; on occasion, it is used as a generic term
which also refers to gasification and pyrolysis.
Transfer Station
A permanent facility where waste materials are taken from smaller collection vehicles and
placed in larger vehicles for transport to other waste facilities for recovery, treatment, or
disposal.
V
Volatile Organics
Organic compounds that vaporise at relatively low temperatures or are readily converted into
a gaseous by-product.
Volume-Based Fees
A fee paid to dispose of material at a facility such as a landfill, based on the volume of the
material being disposed of.
W
Waste
An unusable or unwanted substance or material.
Waste Combustion
The combustion of waste in an incinerator to produce electrical or thermal energy. The
waste can be sorted or non-sorted, and can also be processed before incineration.
Waste Management
Any systematic method of handling and disposing of waste.
Waste Minimisation
The re-design of a product to reduce or minimise both the amount of raw materials used and
subsequent waste.
Waste Recovery/Stabilisation
Facility (WR/SF)
This refers to a specific process involving removal of recyclable material at a materials
recovery facility, and composting the organic waste to stabilise it. When the waste is
stabilised it has a very low respiration or decay rate and therefore will produce little or no
methane gas if landfilled.
Waste Reduction
Waste reduction is a broad term encompassing all waste management methods – source
reduction, recycling, composting – that result in reduction of waste going to final disposal.
Waste Stream
A term describing the total flow of solid waste from homes, businesses, institutions and
manufacturing plants that must be recycled, burned, or disposed of in landfills; or any
segment thereof, such as the “residential waste stream” or the “recyclable waste stream.”
Waste-to-Energy (WTE)
System
A method of converting waste into a usable form of energy, usually through combustion or
decomposition; it could also refer to anaerobic digestion of waste.
Waste Water
Water that is generated, usually as a by-product of a process, that cannot be released into
the environment without treatment.
Water Table
The level below the earth’s surface at which the ground becomes saturated with water.
Landfills and composting facilities are designed with respect to the water table to minimise
potential contamination.
White Goods
Large household appliances such as refrigerators, cookers, air conditioners and washing
machines.
Windrow
A large, elongated pile of composting material, which has a large exposed surface area to
encourage passive aeration and drying.
Plan
xxi/xxi
June 2006
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1.
Authorisation
South Tipperary County Council is the Lead Authority and is acting on behalf of the six
authorities, of the South East Region, for the preparation of the Joint Waste Management Plan
for the South East 2006 - 2011.
The constituent local authorities participating in the plan and which form the Region are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
In this document, the use of the term “Region” refers to the six authorities and their functional
areas (including Borough and Town Councils) or a constituent local authority acting in respect of
the implementation of this Plan.
1.2.
Definition of Purpose
The purpose of the Plan is:
•
•
to promote waste prevention and minimisation through source reduction, producer
responsibility and public awareness.
a management plan for the recovery/recycling/disposal of waste arisings on a regional
basis.
Waste Plan Issues:
The statutory period for which the Plan provides is 2006 – 2011, which is the “relevant period”
as defined under Section 22 of the Waste Management Act. Projections of relevant criteria for
waste planning purposes extend beyond 2011 i.e. population, waste generation, targets, etc,
and typically cover the period 2006-2021.
The Plan will be reviewed at least once every five years in accordance with the Waste
Management Act 1996.
Plan
Page 1 of 177
June 2006
1.3.
Objective
The Primary Objective of the Plan is to secure the best environmental management of all waste
including preventing and minimising the generation of waste wherever practicable.
In order of priority, waste must be prevented, minimised, re-used, recycled, recovered and
disposed of safely, having regard to public health and environmental protection, occupational
hazards in waste handling as well as having regard to the best value solution. There were 3
criteria, each of which receives equal weighting, used in the devising of the specific policy of this
Plan. These criteria were environmental and health Impacts, ability to meet the necessary
targets and a financial assessment.
1.4.
Methodology
The basic methodology for producing the plan is outlined below:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1.5.
public advertisement
submissions from public and private sectors (in response to public advertisement)
data collection
trends
scenarios & preliminary assessment
options assessment
recommendations & draft plan
client review
amendments
publish draft plan
submissions from public (statutory)
finalise plan
Background
i
In September 1998, the Government issued a policy statement, 'Changing our Ways , detailing
its objectives on waste management. The document identifies the following key considerations:
•
•
•
•
“...opportunity provided by comprehensive waste management planning exercises...”
“...opportunity to provide a high level of performance...”
“...implementation of the polluter pays principle...”
“...recognition of the importance of economies of scale...”
In 2002, the Government issued a policy document, ‘Prevention and Recycling – Delivering
ii
Change’ . The policy statement provides for the support and development of recovery and
recycling infrastructure.
In April 2004 the Government issued a further national waste management policy document –
“Waste Management: Taking Stock and Moving Forward”. Taking Stock assesses progress on
the implementation of a variety of aspects of the Waste Management Act 1996 over the last five
years. It sets down new challenges in light of the findings of this assessment.
Plan
Page 2 of 177
June 2006
The document highlights the following key issues in relation to Waste Management Plans:
•
•
•
•
Revised waste plans must better address the role and needs of private sector waste
management service providers.
Insufficient public awareness about waste plans.
Revised waste plans must be subject to a mechanism to monitor implementation, with
local authorities being obligated to prepare an annual report on waste plan progress
within three months of the end of each year.
All revised waste plans are required to set out a timetable for the provision of each of the
elements of the infrastructure required to make up the integrated mix of options.
The policy statements expressed the Government's targets over a 15-year period as follows:
(1995 is taken to be the baseline year).
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A diversion of 50% of overall household waste away from landfill.
A minimum 65% reduction of 1995 arisings in biodegradable waste consigned to landfill.
The development of waste recovery facilities employing environmentally beneficial
technologies, as an alternative to landfill, including the development of composting and
other feasible biological treatment facilities capable of treating up to 300,000 tonnes of
biodegradable waste per annum.
Recycling of 35% of municipal waste.
Recycling at least 85% of C&D waste by 2013.
Rationalisation of municipal landfills, with progressive and sustained reductions in
numbers, leading to an integrated network of some twenty state of the art facilities
incorporating energy recovery and high standards of environmental protection.
An 80% reduction in methane emissions from landfill, which will make a useful
contribution to meeting Ireland’s international obligations.
The policy statement also reaffirms the waste management hierarchy, which is shown in Figure
1.1.
The Waste Management Act (1996) sets out the legislative framework to develop waste
management policies. The statutory objectives of the Act are to:
•
•
•
•
prevent and minimise the production of waste and its harmful effects
encourage and support the recovery of waste
ensure that unrecoverable waste is safely disposed of
implement the polluter pays principle, in relation to waste disposal
Section 22 of this Act allows local authorities to act jointly to create an area waste management
plan.
The Waste Management (Planning) Regulations, 1997 set out the detailed requirements for the
preparation and content of waste management plans.
Plan
Page 3 of 177
June 2006
Figure 1.1:
Waste Management Hierarchy
Other targets, which are set out by either policy documents or EU Directives, are as follows:
Packaging Directive (94/62/EC)iii
•
•
•
•
by 2001 25% recycling rate for packaging waste
by 2005 50-65% recovery rate
by 2005 25-45% recycling rate
by 2005 15% minimum recycling rate for each material
Landfill Directive (99/31/EC) iv
Reduce amount of biodegradable material going to landfill to the percentages below of the total
amount of this material produced in 1995:
•
•
•
by 2006 75%
by 2009 50%
by 2016 35%
Other initiatives and Directives that relate to this plan are:
•
•
•
•
•
A Sustainable Development Strategy for Ireland, 1997v
Local Agenda 21vi
Kyoto Protocolvii (1997), requiring a reduction in Ireland's greenhouse gas emissions of
13% over 1990 levels by 2010
5th Action Programmeviii
6th Action Programmeix
The National Waste Databasex (NWD), published by the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) in 2001 and the interim report of 2003, provides the most recent statistics for waste
management in Ireland. Some key points are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
household and commercial waste landfilled
household and commercial waste recovered/recycled
commercial waste landfilled
commercial waste recovered
household waste recovered
household waste landfilled
Page 4 of 177
71.6%
28.4%
52.7%
47.4%
13.1%
86.9%
June 2006
This Plan for the South East Region takes cognisance of these trends in legislative change,
waste growth, and recovery/recycling rates.
In 1998, the South East Regional Authority produced a Waste Management Strategy Studyxi.
This study compiled for the first time a detailed inventory of wastes arising in the region and
created physical, social and economic profiles of the region. Much of this background
information was used in the formulation of the 2002 Joint Waste Management Plan for the
South East. The 2002 Plan covered the Period 2000 – 2005 with projections to 2021.
1.6.
Project Team
The project team for this Plan review for the South East Region consisted of the following firms:
•
•
•
Fehily Timoney & Company – Lead Consultant
RAMBØLL (Denmark) – Technology/Waste Planning
Duncan Laurence Environmental – Legislative Issues
1.7.
•
Summary of Waste Statistics
Total household waste collected by local authorities in the region amounted to 68,311
tonnes (2003).
Total household waste collected by private collectors in the region amounted to 55,071
tonnes (2003).
6,449 tonnes was recovered at bring banks throughout the region.
5,397 tonnes was recovered at recycling centres throughout the region.
Landfill capacity in the region is critical (less than 2 years remaining at existing landfills
(2003)).
Waste management facilities in the region are insufficient to meet national and European
targets.
Public awareness throughout the region has increased significantly since 2002. Further
work is required in the educating the public about the proposed waste management
infrastructure.
•
•
•
•
•
•
1.8.
Specific Policy and Objectives
These are set out in Section 11 and cover the following 13 policy areas:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
Public Awareness and Education
Prevention and Minimisation
Waste Collection and Charging
Waste Recovery and Recycling
Waste Treatment/Final Disposal
Unauthorised Landfilling
Location of Waste Management Facilities
•
•
•
•
•
•
Litter Prevention
Sludge Management
National Hazardous Waste Management
Plan
Priority Waste Streams
Market Development
Policy on Joint Management and
Procurement
Page 5 of 177
June 2006
2. OVERVIEW OF THE REGION
The South East Region comprises five counties and one city council, with six local authorities
Carlow, Kilkenny, South Tipperary, Waterford, Wexford County Councils and Waterford City
Council. The total area of the Region is 9,405 sq. kilometres. Inland the Region is bounded to
the North and West by Counties Wicklow, Kildare, Laois, North Tipperary, Limerick and Cork.
Coastal borders, to the East and South, include the Celtic Sea, St. Georges Channel and the
Atlantic Ocean.
2.1.
Topography
The Strategy Study on Waste Management by the South East Regional Authority describes the
topological features of the area as follows:
“The topographical characteristics of South East Ireland are intricately linked with the underlying
bedrock geology. In general, less weather resistant sedimentary rocks occupy lowland areas,
while the more resistant igneous and metamorphic rocks occupy the upland areas. Figure 2.1
shows the general topography of the region.
Comparison of the topographical map with the geological map reveals that many of the low-lying
regions correspond to areas underlain by limestone bedrock. Lowland regions include the
limestone lowlands (50-150 mOD) on either side of the Castlecomer Plateau and the
Slievardagh Hills, and the limestone syncline (below 50 mOD) in the south-western part of the
region. Structurally, low-lying areas occupy much of County Wexford, particularly the coastal
region.
One of the main upland areas in the South East Region is the Leinster Massif, which occupies
the zone between the River Slaney and the River Barrow. This is the location of the Blackstairs
Mountains whose highest peak, Mount Lenister, stands at 796 mOD.
Other significant upland areas include the:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Knockmealdown Mountains (highest peak, Knocknafallia at 796 mOD)
Galty Mountains
Slievenamon (north-east of Clonmel)
Slievardagh Hills (west of Kilkenny City)
Comeragh Mountains (South East of Clonmel)
Monavullagh Mountains
Castlecomer Plateau
The three principal rivers of the region drain into the Celtic Sea via the harbour at Waterford.
These rivers, known as the three sisters, are the River Suir, the River Barrow and the River
Nore. A fourth major river in the region is the River Slaney, which drains into St. Georges
Channel at Wexford Harbour. Relief is highest where these rivers occupy valleys between
intervening ridges. This is particularly true of the River Suir as it flows from Clonmel to Carrickon-Suir. Slievenamon slopes steeply down from the north and to the south, the Comeragh
Mountains flank the valley.”
Plan
Page 6 of 177
June 2006
Date 14/03/05 BR/TR R:\Map Production\2004\024\03\Workspace\
STCC-CR_Figure 2.1_Generalised Topography of the Region_Rev B
Mapping Reproduced Under Licence from the Ordnance Survey Ireland
Licence No. EN 0001205 © Government of Ireland
’
Hacketstown
.
.Hacketstown
Carlow
.
.Carlow
R.
Slaney
R.
Slaney
R. Slaney
Slaney
R.
R.
Slaney
Key Map
Croghan
Croghan
Mountain
Mountain
Urlingford
.
.Urlingford
Slieve Felim
Felim
Slieve
Mountains
Mountains
Muinebeag
.
.Muinebeag
Kilkenny
.
.Kilkenny
Caher
.
.Caher
Knockmealdown
Knockmealdown
Mountains
Mountains
Slievenamon
Slievenamon
.
.New
New Ross
Ross
Clonmel
.
.Clonmel
.
.Carrick-on-Suir
Carrick-on-Suir
Wexford
.
.Wexford
Waterford
Waterford
.
Rosslare Harbour
Harbour.
Rosslare
.
.
.
Tramore
Tramore.
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
50
.
.Dunmore
Dunmore East
East
Dungarvan
.
.Dungarvan
.
.
20
kilometres
Towns
County Boundary
Ardmore
.Ardmore
.
Fehily Timoney & Company
Elevation (metres)
Fethard
.
.Fethard
Lismore
.Lismore
.
Tallow
.
.Tallow
Mullinavat
.Mullinavat
.
Map Legend
Com
C
omer
aghh
erag
M
Mou
ount
ntai
ains
ns
ttyy
G
Gaall iinnss
ttaa
Moouunn
M
10
Enniscorthy
.
.Enniscorthy
Brandon
Brandon Hill
Hill
Fethard
.
.Fethard
R.
Suir
R.
Suir
R. Suir
Suir
R.
R.
Suir
0
Gorey
.
.Gorey
Bunclody
.
.Bunclody
Borris
.
.Borris
R.
Nore
R.
Nore
R. Nore
Nore
R.
R.
Nore
.
.Cashel
Cashel
Tipperary
.
.Tipperary
R.
R.
R. Barrow
Barrow
Barrow
BBllaacc
Moo kkssttaaii
M
uunnttaa rrss
iinnss
gghh
ddaa
r
r
aa
vvee
iiee
l
l
SS
Generalised Topography of the South East Region
Figure 2.1
2.2.
Geology
The geology of the South East Region can be divided into three structural domains:
•
•
•
eastern domain
south-west domain
north-west domain
The eastern domain contains rocks from the Precambrian, Cambrian and Leinster Granite.
Precambrian gneisses formed a basement to all subsequent sedimentation in Leinster. This
region is characterised by Caledonian (NE-SW) folding. It is into the large Caledonian anticlines
and synclines that the granite has been emplaced.
The southwest domain includes rocks from the Silurian, Devonian and Carboniferous strata.
Folding of these strata is typically Hercynian (E-W).
The northwest domain contains Silurian, Devonian and Carboniferous rock and has a
complicated series of fold structures.
The geology of the region is discussed in order of decreasing geologic age in Appendix 2.1 and
summarised in Figure 2.2. Much of the geological information provided has been derived from
published reports and maps such as the 1:100,000 scale sheets (Sheets 18, 19, 22, and 23)
produced by the Geological Survey of Ireland (GSI)”.
2.3.
Soil Associations
The parent materials that form the soils of Ireland are either solid rock that has weathered or a
superficial deposit, such as glacial drift or alluvium that derived from weathered rocks and
transposed. The huge variation in the solid (bedrock) and glacial geology of Ireland is reflected
in the variation in derived soils. The major soil types are illustrated on Figure 2.3.
Plan
Page 8 of 177
June 2006
STCC-CR_Figure 2.2_Bedrock Geology in the South East Region_Rev B
’
Hacketstown
Hacketstown
.
.
Carlow
Carlow
.
.
Key Map
Urlingford
Urlingford
Muinebeag
Muinebeag
.
.
.
.
Kilkenny
Kilkenny
Gorey
Gorey
.
.
Bunclody
Bunclody
.
.
.
.
Borris
Borris
.
.
Cashel
Cashel
Enniscorthy
Enniscorthy
.
.
Tipperary
Tipperary
.
.
Fethard
Fethard
.
.
.
.
New Ross
Ross
New
Caher
Caher
.
.
Clonmel
Clonmel
Carrick-on-Suir
Carrick-on-Suir
.
.
.
.
Mullinavat
Mullinavat
.
.
.
.
Wexford
Wexford
.
.
Rosslare
Rosslare Harbour
Harbour
.
.
.
Waterford
Waterford.
.
.Fethard
Fethard
Tramore
Tramore
.
.
Lismore
Lismore
.
.
Tallow
Tallow
.
.
0
10
Dungarvan
Dungarvan
.
.
Dunmore
Dunmore East
East
.
.
20
kilometres
Ardmore
Ardmore
.
.
Bedrock Geology in the South East Region
Map Legend
Cambrian (Cahore Group)
Devonian (Old Red Sandstone and Kiltorcan Formation)
Igneous (Leinster Granite and Carnsore Granite)
Lower - Middle Carboniferous
Lower Ordovician (Ribband Group)
Permo - Triassic
Precambrian (Rosslare Complex)
Silurian
Upper Carboniferous (Namurian Shales)
Upper Carboniferous (Westphalian Shales)
Upper Ordovician (Duncannon Group)
Figure 2.2
STCC-CR_Figure 2.3_Soils in the South East Region_Rev B
’
Hacketstown
Hacketstown
.
.
Carlow
Carlow
.
.
Key Map
Urlingford
Urlingford
Muinebeag
Muinebeag
.
.
.
.
Gorey
Gorey
.
.
Bunclody
Bunclody
Kilkenny
Kilkenny
.
.
.
.
Borris
Borris
.
.
Cashel
Cashel
Enniscorthy
Enniscorthy
.
.
Tipperary
Tipperary
.
.
Fethard
Fethard
.
.
.
.
New Ross
Ross
New
Caher
Caher
.
.
Clonmel
Clonmel
Carrick-on-Suir
Carrick-on-Suir
.
.
.
.
Mullinavat
Mullinavat
.
.
.
.
Wexford
Wexford
.
.
Rosslare
Rosslare Harbour
Harbour
.
.
.
Waterford
Waterford.
.
.Fethard
Fethard
Tramore
Tramore
.
.
Lismore
Lismore
.
.
Tallow
Tallow
.
.
0
10
Dungarvan
Dungarvan
.
.
Dunmore
Dunmore East
East
.
.
Acid Brown Earths or Gleys with Associated Peaty Gleys
Acid Brown Earths with Associated Gleys and Podzols.
Acid Brown Earths with Associated Grey Brown Podzolics and Gleys.
Brown Peaty Podzols with Associated Lithosols Gleys
Brown Peaty Podzols with Associated Lithosols Gleys and Blanket Peat.
Brown Podzolics with Associated Gleys and Podzols.
Gleys with Associated Brown Earths and Peaty Gleys.
Gleys with Associated Grey Brown Podzolics.
Gleys with Associated Grey Brown Podzolics. or Peaty Gleys
Grey Brown Podzolics with associated Brown Earths, Gleys and Basin Peat
Minimal Grey Brown Podzolics with Associated Gleys, Brown Earths and Basin Peat.
20
kilometres
Ardmore
Ardmore
.
.
Map Legend
Soils in the South East Region
Figure 2.3
2.4.
Hydrogeology
The aquifer classification system approved by the Geological Survey of Ireland categorises
aquifers as:
•
•
•
Regionally important
Locally important
Poor
Each category is subdivided based on the value of the resource and hydrological
characteristics. Figure 2.4 shows the GSI’s Aquifer Classification Map for each county within
the South East Region.
The hydrogeological significance of the main strata is discussed in Appendix 2.2. Figure 2.4
provides brief details of important aquifers in the region. Three factors should be kept in mind
when considering the groundwater flow regime:
•
•
•
the complex nature of the geology
the large volume of available recharge
the cover of Quaternary deposits
These factors contribute to the very variable hydrogeological conditions that exist in the South
East Region.
The South East Region has very large resources of good quality groundwater. Estimations are
that productive aquifers underlie approximately 37% of the land surface of the region. As Figure
2.4 illustrates, most major towns in the South East are located close to productive aquifers.
New Ross is a notable exception. Borehole yields tend to be highest along the river valleys and
in low-lying parts of the aquifer.
Plan
Page 11 of 177
June 2006
STCC-CR_Figure 2.3_Generalised Aquifer Classification Maps_Rev B
’
Hacketstown
Hacketstown
.
.
Carlow
Carlow
.
.
Key Map
Urlingford
Urlingford
Muinebeag
Muinebeag
.
.
.
.
Kilkenny
Kilkenny
Gorey
Gorey
.
.
Bunclody
Bunclody
.
.
.
.
Borris
Borris
.
.
Cashel
Cashel
Enniscorthy
Enniscorthy
.
.
Tipperary
Tipperary
.
.
Fethard
Fethard
.
.
.
.
New Ross
Ross
New
Caher
Caher
.
.
Clonmel
Clonmel
Carrick-on-Suir
Carrick-on-Suir
.
.
.
.
Mullinavat
Mullinavat
.
.
.
.
Wexford
Wexford
.
.
Rosslare
Rosslare Harbour
Harbour
.
.
.
Waterford
Waterford.
.
.Fethard
Fethard
.
Tramore
Tramore.
Lismore
Lismore
.
.
Tallow
Tallow
.
.
0
10
Dungarvan
Dungarvan
Ardmore
Ardmore
.
.
Map Legend
.
.
20
kilometres
.
.
Dunmore
Dunmore East
East
Locally Important Bedrock Aquifer Generally moderately productive (Lm)
Locally Important Bedrock Aquifer Productive only in local zones (Ll)
Locally Important Sand-Gravel Aquifer (Lg)
Poor Bedrock Aquifer Generally unproductive (Pu)
Poor Bedrock Aquifer Unproductive except for local zones (Pl)
Regionally Important Fractured Bedrock Aquifer (Rf)
Regionally Important Karst Aquifer (Rk)
Generalised Aquifer Classification Map
Figure 2.4
2.5.
Groundwater Protection
Groundwater vulnerability, as defined by the GSI, is the term used to represent the intrinsic
geological and hydrogeological characteristics that determine the ease with which groundwater
may be contaminated by human activities. The factors used in assessing groundwater
vulnerability include subsoil type and thickness and recharge type. The overall aim of a
Groundwater Protection Scheme is to preserve the quality of groundwater, for drinking water,
surface water ecosystems and terrestrial ecosystems, for the benefit of present and future
generations. Each zone is represented by a code (e.g. Rf/H), which enables an assessment of
the risk to groundwater, independent of any particular hazard or contaminant type. This
assessment should be regarded as a guide in evaluating the likely suitability of an area for a
proposed activity prior to site investigations. The status of groundwater protection plans for the
South East Region is shown on Table 2.1.
Table 2.1:
Status of Groundwater Protection Plans in the South East Region
County
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford
Wexford
Groundwater Protection Scheme Status
Not yet commenced
Available digitally
Available in hard copy
Available in hard copy
Draft Plan available digitally
Data for the region (particularly depth to bedrock data) is therefore incomplete at this stage, and
a vulnerability map cannot be produced. However, the South East Regional Authority Waste
Management Strategy Study details areas in the South East “that represent relatively low
groundwater vulnerability.
Here, the bedrock aquifer is classified as either ‘generally
unproductive’ or as ‘generally unproductive except in local zones’. The soils are from soil
associations 1, 6 and 9, i.e. generally poorly drained with high gley content. These areas are
concentrated in the South East corner of the region close to Wexford town. Here, till of Irish
Sea origin with limestone and shale components is found overlying Cambrian successions of
greywackes, sandstones, siltstones and mudstones.
The coastal region south east of Gorey may also be a low vulnerability area. Here, bedrock
comprises shiney micaceous phyllites and schists. The soil association is dominated by gleys
with a parent material consisting of glacial muds of Irish Sea origin. Areas of apparent low
groundwater vulnerability are also noted south of Waterford City, west of Dundrum, Co.
Tipperary and to the west of New Ross. Geologically, these areas appear more suitable for
waste disposal facility development.
However, in the absence of detailed bedrock geological information, a generalised Aquifer
Classification Map can be derived from the existing 1:100,000 scale bedrock geological
mapping of the region. This map is shown in Figure 2.4.
Based on this information, a land classification may be made concerning suitability for landfill.
For example, an overriding factor for landfill suitability is the presence of karst features, which
normally indicates extreme vulnerability for groundwater due to rapid throughput. In karst areas,
polluted surface water in sinking streams can recharge aquifers with no attenuation. The siting
of a waste disposal site in karst areas poses a greater risk to groundwater quality than if it is
located over a poor aquifer. The greatest risk occurs when the landfill is in the catchment area
of a public or major industrial groundwater supply.
Therefore, this classification involves the exclusion of regionally important aquifers and is shown
on Figure 2.4. However, due to lack of depth-to-bedrock information, no area can be completely
discounted at this stage. Although the figure identifies areas with greater or lesser limitations,
its use for site-specific purposes is inappropriate. Evaluation of specific sites will require further
and more detailed assessments.
Plan
Page 13 of 177
June 2006
Date 1403/05 BR/TR R:\Map Production\2004\024\03\Workspace\
STCC-CR_Figure 2.5_Areas Generally Suitable for Landfill_Rev B
’
Hacketstown
Hacketstown
.
.
Carlow
Carlow
.
.
Key Map
Urlingford
Urlingford
Muinebeag
Muinebeag
.
.
.
.
Kilkenny
Kilkenny
Gorey
Gorey
.
.
Bunclody
Bunclody
.
.
.
.
Borris
Borris
.
.
Cashel
Cashel
Enniscorthy
Enniscorthy
.
.
Tipperary
Tipperary
.
.
Fethard
Fethard
.
.
.
.
New Ross
Ross
New
Caher
Caher
.
.
Clonmel
Clonmel
Carrick-on-Suir
Carrick-on-Suir
.
.
.
.
Mullinavat
Mullinavat
.
.
.
.
Wexford
Wexford
.
.
Rosslare
Rosslare Harbour
Harbour
.
.
.
Waterford
Waterford.
.
.Fethard
Fethard
Tramore
Tramore
.
.
Lismore
Lismore
.
.
Tallow
Tallow
.
.
0
10
Dungarvan
Dungarvan
.
.
Dunmore
Dunmore East
East
.
.
20
kilometres
Map Legend
Ardmore
Ardmore
Areas Suitable for Landfill
.
.
Areas Generally Suitable for Landfill
Figure 2.5
2.6.
Water Quality Management Plans
The Water Framework Directive (WFD) was adopted by the European Union on 22 December
2000 and incorporated into Irish law by the European Communities (Water Policy) Regulations
2003 (S.I. No. 722 of 2003) made on 22 December 2003.
The Directive brings a new approach to the improvement and protection of our waters based on
River Basin Districts. Ireland has been divided into 8 river basin districts (RBD's). The
boundaries of the RBD's are defined by river catchment boundaries rather than political
boundaries.
The objectives of the WFD are to be achieved by putting in place a river basin district
management plan setting down actions to achieve good status in surface waters and
groundwaters. The stated objectives are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
protect and enhance the status of all our waters
encourage sustainable water use
provide for sufficient supply of good quality surface water and groundwater
reduce or phase out discharges of dangerous substances to waters
protect territorial and marine waters
establish and maintain a register of "Protected Areas"
involve the public
streamline legislation
The South East Region is involved in 4 river basin district projects, which are shown on Figure
2.6. These are as follows:
1.
South Eastern River Basin District (SERBD):
The South Eastern River Basin District (SERBD) project was established in 2002 and is the first
project in support of the catchment based national strategy to implement the WFD. It aims to
develop a river basin management plan for the district which will be adopted by the 13 local
authorities which lie wholly or partly within the district. These 13 local authorities are Waterford
City Council and the County Councils of Carlow, Cork, Kildare, Kilkenny, Laois, Limerick, North
Tipperary, Offaly, South Tipperary, Waterford, Wexford and Wicklow. Carlow County Council
acts as the co-ordinating authority.
The SERBD comprises the river basins lying within Hydrometric Areas 11-17 (excluding the part
of Hydrometric Area 17 from which surface run-off flows into Youghal Bay), and the
groundwaters, coastal waters and offshore islands associated with all these areas. These areas
encompass the Owenavorragh, Slaney and Wexford Harbour, Ballyteigue-Bannow, Barrow,
Nore, Suir and Colligan-Mahon catchments covering approximately 20% of the country. The
project is due for completion in 2006.
2.
Eastern River Basin District (ERBD):
The Eastern River Basin District (ERBD) project was established in 2003. It aims to develop a
river basin management plan for the district which will be adopted by the 13 local authorities
which lie wholly or partly within the district. These 13 local authorities are Drogheda Borough
Council, Dublin City Council and the County Councils of Cavan, Dun Laoghaire-Rathdown,
Fingal, Kildare, Louth, Meath, Offaly, South Dublin, Westmeath, Wexford and Wicklow. The
lead authorities are the County Councils of Kildare, Meath and Wicklow and Dublin City
Council. Dublin City Council acts as the co-ordinating authority.
Plan
Page 15 of 177
June 2006
The ERBD comprises the river basins lying within Hydrometric Areas 7-10, and the
groundwaters, coastal waters and offshore islands associated with all these areas. These
include the rivers Boyne, Liffey, Nanny, Delvin, Vartry and Avoca and the canals, which pass
through County Kildare. The project is due for completion in 2007.
3.
Shannon River Basin District (ShRBD):
The Shannon River Basin District project was established in 2002. It aims to develop a river
basin management plan for the district which will be adopted by the 18 local authorities which lie
wholly or partly within the district. These 18 local authorities are Limerick City Council and the
County Councils of Cavan, Clare, Cork, Galway, Kerry, Laois, Leitrim, Limerick, Longford,
Mayo, Meath, North Tipperary, Offaly, Roscommon, Sligo, South Tipperary and Westmeath.
Limerick County Council acts as the co-ordinating authority.
The ShRBD comprises, in so far as they lie within the state, the river basins lying within
Hydrometric Areas 23-28, and the groundwaters, coastal waters and offshore islands
associated with all these areas. The project is due for completion in 2008.
4.
South Western River Basin District (SWRBD):
The South Western River Basin District (SWRBD) project was established in 2004. It aims to
develop a river basin management plan for the district which will be adopted by the 6 local
authorities which lie wholly or partly within the district. These 6 local authorities are Cork City
Council and the County Councils of Cork, Kerry, Limerick, South Tipperary and Waterford. Cork
County Council acts as the co-ordinating authority.
The SWRBD comprises the river basins lying within Hydrometric Areas 18-22, the part of
Hydrometric Area 17 from which surface run-off flows into Youghal Bay, and the groundwaters,
coastal waters and offshore islands associated with all these areas. These include the rivers
Bandon, Blackwater, Ilen, Inny, Laune, Lee and Maine. The project is due for completion in
2008.
Three Rivers Project:
The Three Rivers Project, completed in 2002, was a government initiative for the Boyne, Liffey
and Suir River catchments. The aim of the project was to establish an integrated water quality
monitoring and management system in relation to all inland surface waters, estuaries, coastal
waters and groundwaters, and to provide the bulk of the baseline information required for the
development of a comprehensive river basin management project for the areas. This three-year
project was sponsored by the then Department of the Environment and Local Government and
by the constituent local authorities. It identified all significant impacts on water quality and
quantity, set quality objectives and identified and put in place the necessary monitoring and
management measures to achieve those objectives. The Boyne and Liffey River catchment
elements of the Three Rivers Project will be incorporated into the ERBD project while the Suir
River catchment element will be incorporated into the SERBD project.
2.7.
Mineral Resources
Extraction sites for industrial minerals and rocks in the South East are shown in Figure 2.7. The
sites information was taken from the Quarry Directory. Details of the mineral resources of the
South East Region (metallic and industrial minerals) appear in Appendix 2.3.
Plan
Page 16 of 177
June 2006
STCC-CR_Figure 2.6_River Basin District in South East Region_Rev B
’
Hacketstown
Hacketstown
.
.
Carlow
Carlow
.
.
Key Map
Urlingford
Urlingford
.
.
Muinebeag
Muinebeag
R. Nore
Nore
R.
.
.
Kilkenny
Kilkenny
R. Barrow
Barrow
R.
.
.
R. Slaney
Slaney
R.
Gorey
Gorey
.
.
Bunclody
Bunclody
.
.
Borris
Borris
.
.
Cashel
Cashel
Enniscorthy
Enniscorthy
.
.
Tipperary
Tipperary
.
.
Fethard
Fethard
.
.
.
.
R. Suir
Suir
R.
Caher
Caher
.
.
New
New Ross
Ross
Clonmel
Clonmel
Carrick-on-Suir
Carrick-on-Suir
.
.
.
.
Mullinavat
Mullinavat
.
.
.
.
Wexford
Wexford
.
.
Rosslare
Rosslare Harbour
Harbour
.
.
.
Waterford
Waterford.
Fethard
.
.Fethard
Tramore
Tramore
.
.
Lismore
Lismore
R. Blackwater
Blackwater
R.
.
.
Tallow
Tallow
.
.
Dungarvan
Dungarvan
.
.
Dunmore
Dunmore East
East
.
.
Map Legend
0
10
20
kilometres
Eastern River Basin District
Shannon River Basin District
South Eastern River Basin District
South Western River Basin District
Ardmore
Ardmore
.
.
River Basin Districts in South East Region
Figure 2.6
STCC-CR_Figure 2.7_Active Quarries Pits and Mines in the South East Region_Rev B
’
Hacketstown
Hacketstown
.
.
Carlow
Carlow
.
.
R
R
G
G
G
G
G G
G
GG
G
Urlingford
Urlingford
.
.
Muinebeag
Muinebeag
.
G
G
.
G
G
G
G
Kilkenny
Kilkenny
.
.
G
G
Borris
Borris
Key Map
Gorey
Gorey
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
.
.
.
.
Bunclody
Bunclody
.
.
.
.
Cashel
Cashel
Tipperary
Tipperary
Enniscorthy
Enniscorthy
G
G
.
.
Fethard
Fethard
.
.G
G
.
.
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
.
.
Caher
Caher
G
G
G
G
G
G
New
New Ross
Ross
Clonmel
Clonmel
.
.
G
G
G
G
Mullinavat
Mullinavat
.
.
.
.
Carrick-on-Suir
Carrick-on-Suir
.
.
Wexford
Wexford
.
.
.
Waterford
Waterford.
Rosslare
Rosslare Harbour
Harbour
.
.
G
G
.
.Fethard
Fethard
Tramore
Tramore
G
G
.Lismore
.
Lismore
Tallow
Tallow
G
G
.
.
.
.
.
.
Dunmore
Dunmore East
East
.
.
Dungarvan
Dungarvan
Map Legend
0
10
R Mine
R
Quarry
G
G Sand-Gravel Pit
20
kilometres
Ardmore
Ardmore
.
.
Active Quarries, Pits and Mines in the South East Region
Figure 2.7
2.8.
Infrastructure
This section describes the basic infrastructure supporting the region which includes:
•
•
•
•
a road network
a railway network
ports and navigable waterways
municipal water supply and sewerage services
The road and rail network is shown on Figure 2.8. Ports and navigable waterways are shown
on Figure 2.9.
2.8.1. Road Network
There are a number of important routes running through the South East. These include the:
Dublin to Cork (N8), Dublin to Carlow/Waterford (N9) and Dublin to Wexford/Rosslare (N11,
N25).
Major investment in infrastructure, including national roads, has been identified by the
Government as a priority of the National Development Plan (NDP), 2000-2006. The
Government’s commitment to this Plan is obvious from its promise to spend € 22.4 billion over
the next seven years to improve:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
roads
public transport
water services
environmental protection
energy conversion
housing
health services
Table 2.2 details the major projects proposed for the South East Region.
Table 2.2:
Major Road Projects in the Region
Area
Carlow
Kilkenny
Recently Completed
Wexford
N25 Camaross
South Tipperary
Waterford
County
Waterford City
Plan
N9 Grannagh/Waterford
N24 Piltown/Fiddown
N8 Cashel Bypass
N25 Kilmacthomas bypass
-
In planning/under construction
N9 Kilcullen/Waterford (Northern Section)
N8 Cullahill/Cashel
N9 Kilcullen/Waterford (Southern Section)
N77 Kilkenny Ring Road Extension
N24 Waterford/Mooncoin Bypass
N30 Enniscorthy/Clonroche
N11 Arklow/Gorey Bypass
N11 Enniscorthy Bypass
N25 New Ross Bypass
N30 Templescoby/New Ross
N8 Cashel/Mitchelstown
N24 Clonmel/Cahir Bypass
N24 Carrick-on-Suir Bypass
N24 Cahir/Bansha
N24 Bansha/Tipperary/Oola
N25 Dungarvan Outer Bypass
N25 Dungarvan/Youghal/Kinsalebeg
N25 Waterford City Bypass
Page 19 of 177
June 2006
2.8.2. Rail Network
The railway network makes a significant contribution to the economic activity of the South East
Region. The three main lines are:
•
•
•
Rosslare Harbour-Enniscorthy-Gorey-Dublin
Waterford-Kilkenny-Carlow-Kildare-Dublin
Rosslare Harbour-Waterford-Limerick Junction
The 2002 – 2006 National Development Plan identifies the need for major investment in rail
schemes throughout Ireland. Upgrading has been completed on the following lines in the South
East:
•
•
Limerick Junction/Waterford line
Wexford Line
•
•
Waterford Line
Lavistown/Waterford line
In addition, significant investment has been assigned for the upgrading of the Limerick/Ennis,
Limerick Junction/Waterford and Waterford/Rosslare Europort line. Track renewal between
1999 and 2003 was estimated at € 237 million.
2.8.3. Ports and Navigable Waterways
The South East Region has three harbour authorities of vital importance; Rosslare Europort,
New Ross, and Waterford Port. Rosslare Europort is a fundamental part of the national
transport network, catering for freight and passengers, with regular ferries to the UK and
continental Europe. It currently handles the largest volume of passenger traffic in the Republic
of Ireland.
Waterford/Belview Port has three main freight terminals. Belview is now the focus of future port
development having a fully serviced container terminal, a bulk handling facility and a dedicated
cement importation facility. A Ro-Ro facility is at planning stage.
New Ross Port is also significant because it is sheltered and navigable. Although the South
East has three major ports, these facilities are significantly underdeveloped as they only
captured 10 % of the national freight traffic in 2001. The three major ports are shown on Figure
2.9.
There are six stretches of navigable waterway in the region, some of which are navigable
subject to tide:
•
•
•
•
Plan
The River Slaney is navigable subject to tide for approximately 31 km from Enniscorthy to
Wexford Town.
The entire length (85 km) of the River Barrow from where it enters the region in north
County Carlow to the Barrow Estuary in the south is navigable. Approximately 35 km (St.
Mullins to the Barrow Estuary) of the overall length of the River Barrow in the region, is
navigable subject to tide only.
The River Nore is navigable subject to tidal influences as it flows from Inistioge to New
Ross (16 km).
The River Suir is a free-flowing river between Clonmel and Carrick-on- Suir, has restricted
navigability, however, the remaining 40 km of the Suir from Carrick-on-Suir to Waterford
is navigable subject to tidal influences.
Page 20 of 177
June 2006
Other stretches of navigable waterways (subject to tide) include the Munster Blackwater
Navigation (29 km) and the Bride Navigation (12 km) in west Waterford. Figure 2.9 shows the
extent of these waterways in the region.
2.8.4. Regional Airport
The South East Regional Airport is located approximately 10 km from Waterford City. Airline
operators at the airport include Aer Arann. The airport has been assigned € 1.89 million under
the National Development Plan.
Plan
Page 21 of 177
June 2006
STCC-CR_Figure 2.8_Transport Infrastructure_Rev B
’
Hacketstown
Hacketstown
.
.
Carlow
Carlow
.
.
Key Map
Urlingford
Urlingford
Muinebeag
Muinebeag
.
.
.
.
Gorey
Gorey
Kilkenny
Kilkenny
.
.
.
.
.
.
Bunclody
Bunclody
Borris
Borris
.
.
Cashel
Cashel
Enniscorthy
Enniscorthy
.
.
Tipperary
Tipperary
.
.
Fethard
Fethard
.
.
.
.
New
New Ross
Ross
Mullinavat
Mullinavat
Clonmel
Clonmel
.
.
.
.
Caher
Caher
.
.
.
.
.
.
Wexford
Wexford
.
.
Carrick-on-Suir
Carrick-on-Suir
Rosslare
Rosslare Harbour
Harbour
.
.
.
Waterford
Waterford.
Waterford
Waterford Airport
Airport
¿
¿
.
Tramore
Tramore.
.Lismore
.
Lismore
0
10
.
.
Dunmore
Dunmore East
East
Tallow
Tallow
.
.
.
.Fethard
Fethard
.
.
Map Legend
Dungarvan
Dungarvan
National Primary Road
National Secondary Road
Railway
Regional Road
20
kilometres
Ardmore
Ardmore
.
.
¿
¿
Transport Infrastructure
Airport
Figure 2.8
STCC-CR_Figure 2.9_Ports and Navigable Waterways_Rev B
’
Hacketstown
Hacketstown
.
.
Carlow
Carlow
.
.
R. Slaney
Slaney
R.
R. Nore
Nore
R.
Key Map
R. Barrow
Barrow
R.
Urlingford
Urlingford
Muinebeag
Muinebeag
.
.
.
.
Gorey
Gorey
Kilkenny
Kilkenny
.
.
.
.
.
.
Bunclody
Bunclody
Borris
Borris
.
.
Cashel
Cashel
Enniscorthy
Enniscorthy
.
.
Tipperary
Tipperary
.
.
Fethard
Fethard
.
.
.
.
R. Suir
Suir
R.
.
.
New
New Ross
Ross
Mullinavat
Mullinavat
Clonmel
Clonmel
.
.
Caher
Caher
.
.
.
.
.
.
ˇ
New
New Ross
Ross Port
Port
Wexford
Wexford
.
.
Carrick-on-Suir
Carrick-on-Suir
Belview
Belview Port
Port
ˇ
Rosslare Harbour
Harbour
Rosslare
.
.
ˇ
.
Waterford
Waterford.
Rosslare
Rosslare Europort
Europort
.
.Fethard
Fethard
Tramore
Tramore
R. Blackwater
Blackwater
R.
.
.
.Lismore
.
Lismore
Tallow
Tallow
.
.
0
10
.
.
Dungarvan
Dungarvan
20
kilometres
Ardmore
Ardmore
.
.
Map Legend
.
.
Dunmore
Dunmore East
East
R. Barrow- [Carlow County Boundary to Barrow Estuary]
R. Barrow- [St Mullins to Barrow Estuary] -Tidal
R. Blackwater- [Navigable]-Tidal
R. Bride- [Navigable]-Tidal
R. Nore-[Inistioge to New Ross]-Tidal
R. Slaney- [Enniscorthy to Wexford Town] -Tidal
R. Suir- [Carrick-on-Suir to Waterford]-Tidal
R. Suir- [Clonmel to Carrick-onSuir]-Restricted Navigation
ˇ
Ports and Navigable Waterways
Ports
Figure 2.9
2.8.5. Municipal Water Supply and Sewerage Services Infrastructure
Each of the local authorities operating in the South East Region provide water supply and
sewerage treatment services. The majority of the larger public water supply schemes are based
on surface waters. Small public group schemes and private water supply schemes tend to rely
more heavily on ground water abstraction (involving little or no treatment). Table 2.3 details the
number of public water supply and sewerage schemes in the South East Region.
Table 2.3:
Water Supply and Sewerage Treatment Plants in the South East
Region
Local Authority
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford City
Waterford County
Wexford
Total
Water Supply Schemes
26
41
37
1
98
168
371
Sewage Treatment Plants
19
18
16
1
21
28
103
Waterford City Council previously obtained all of its water requirements from the East Waterford
Water Supply Scheme at Adamstown. A new reservoir has been constructed at Kilcarragh
which now supplies the south east of the city. Upgrading of Waterford County Councils
Adamstown plant is proposed with the aim of the supplying both the city and county.
The 2004 – 2006 Water Services Investment Programme outlines funding proposals for 55
sewerage schemes within the South East Region. Waterford Main Drainage Scheme Phase 2
commenced in 2004.
The wastewater treatment plant at Wexford has a capacity of 30,000 PE and was completed in
2003. Construction of the wastewater treatment plants at Dungarvan and Tramore have
commenced and are scheduled for competition in 2005/2006.
Proposals for wastewater treatment plants at Gorey, Rosslare, New Ross and Wexford are also
underway.
2.9.
Hospital and Healthcare Services
The healthcare needs of the Region are serviced by a number of general, district, psychiatric,
and geriatric hospitals. Table 2.4 summarises information on each category of hospital. There
are also a number of Community Care Centres, Welfare Homes and other services in the
region. The total number of beds is 3,682. The number of beds in the general, geriatric and
welfare hospitals is expected to increase by approximately 3% per annum.
Plan
Page 24 of 177
June 2006
Table 2.4:
Hospital & Healthcare Services Information (2003)
General Hospitals
District Hospitals
Psychiatric Hospitals
Geriatric Hospitals
Welfare Homes
Hostels & Residential Units
Health Centres (80 Locations)
Total
2.10.
No. Beds
1,378
150
775
841
124
414
0
3,682
Power Generation
There is one electricity power generating station in the South East Region. This station, located
at Great Island, Co. Wexford is a 240 MW oil station which supplies 220 kV and 110 kV to the
national grid and some 38 kV locally. At full output the station burns 1,500 tonnes of oil per day.
A number of facilities generate energy from renewable sources. These plants include 13
operational hydroelectric power stations, three anaerobic digesters, five CHP plants and three
wind farms. These facilities are outlined below.
Wind Farms
Carnsore Point, Wexford
Greghelagh, Wexford
Kilbranish North, Bunclody, Carlow
Hydroelectric Facilities
Avonmore Foods, Carlow
Strong Stream Electrical, Carlow
Nicholas Mosse Pottery, Kilkenny
Benedict Behal, Kilkenny
Inch Mills, Kilkenny
Liffey Mills, Tipperary
Nicholas De Grubb, Tipperary
Cahir Mills, Tipperary
Hanly Mills, Tipperary
Mill Stream Power, Waterford
Dominic Behal, Waterford
Bleach Green Electricity, Wexford
Michael Dawn, Tipperary
CHP Plants
Glanbia, Ballyragget, Kilkenny
Waterford Crystal
Bausch & Lomb, Waterford
Tower Hotel, Waterford
Woodlands Hotel, Waterford
Anaerobic Digestor
Adamstown, Enniscorthy, Wexford.
Camphill, Co.Kilkenny
2.11.
Population and Settlement
A Population Census was carried out in Ireland in 2002. The population of the South East
region was given as 423,256 persons. This is an increase of 31,739 persons or 7.5% from
1996. The South East Region accounts for 10.8% of the State’s population. Figure 2.10
compares the change in population in each county from the previous population census in 1996.
Plan
Page 25 of 177
June 2006
Figure 2.10: Population Distribution in the Region
1996
2002
140,000
Total population
120,000
100,000
80,000
60,000
40,000
20,000
0
Wexford
Waterford
County
Waterford
City
Tipperary
South
Kilkenny
Carlow
57 % of the population of the South East Region (2002) lives in rural areas, where rural is
defined as the countryside or villages with a population of less than 1,500. The South East has
an extensive network of towns and villages due to its agricultural foundation.
Figure 2.11: Percentage of Population Living in Rural and Urban Areas 2002
% of population in urban areas
% of population in rural areas
100.0
80.0
%
60.0
40.0
20.0
0.0
SouthEast
Page 26 of 177
Wexford
Waterford
County
Waterford
City
Tipperary
South
Kilkenny
Carlow
Plan
June 2006
2.11.1.
Population Projection for the South East Region
The CSO publication Regional Population Projections, 2001-2031, (2001) makes projections of
regional population. Carried out prior to the 2002 census, it is based on the 1996 census. In
projecting the population for the South East Region an increased fertility rate and continuing
immigration were assumed. Although this was the worst-case scenario (i.e. leads to higher
population) it was not felt to be unrealistic as the population numbers in the 1996 census
exceeded previous projections. The projected population for 2001 for the South East Region
was 402,700. The population according to the 2002 census (423,256) (for the region) is equal
to the peak estimate of 423,300 predicted for 2016 and 2021.
Figure 2.12 is a comparison of projected populations based on the 1996 census figures and
actual population growth.
Two reports have been completed by the CSO since the 2001 issue. A report on population and
migration estimates in 2004 (Fig. 2.12 -CSO (1)), has issued a preliminary population figure for
the region of 440,400.
A recent publication by the CSO (Fig 2.12 –CSO (2)), on population and labour force
projections, predicts national populations for the period 2006-2036. These predictions have
been used to estimate the predicted future population of the South East Region based on the
assumption that the percentage of the State residing in the South East remains constant at
10.8%.
population of the South East Region
Figure 2.12: Population Projections to 2036
Population Projections, CSO 2001
Census data
Population Estimate, CSO (1) 2004
Population Projections CSO (2) 2004
600,000
500,000
400,000
300,000
1996
Plan
2001
2002
2004
2006
2011
2016
Page 27 of 177
2021
2026
2031
2036
June 2006
2.11.2.
Household Numbers
Table 2.5 below gives the private household numbers for 2002 in the region. As can be seen
from the last 2 rows in the table the average number of persons per household in the region has
decreased from 3.05 in 1998 to 2.96 in 2002. It is anticipated that this number will drop as family
sizes become smaller and the number of households increase. Household numbers are
updated more frequently than population.
Table 2.5:
Private Household Numbers in the South East Region 2002
Persons/ Household
14,931
25,603
26,410
15,299
18,606
38,011
138,860
No. of persons in
private
households*
44,846
77,663
76,833
42,267
55,082
114,141
410,832
127,700
389,485
3.05
Administrative
Area
No. of households
Carlow
Kilkenny
Tipperary South
Waterford City
Waterford County
Wexford
South East 2002
South East 1998
3.01
3.04
2.91
2.76
2.97
3.01
2.96
*These figures are taken from the Census 2002 and are numbers of persons in private households. The figure for total
population is higher at 423,256.
2.12.
Economic Structure of the Region
There has been a shift in employment from the agricultural and commercial sectors to the
industrial sector, resulting in a doubling of the employment in this sector since 1990.
Unemployment in the region fell by 33% in the period 1998-2003 and unemployment is now
only 0.9% higher than the national average of 4.4%.
Gross Value Added (GVA) per person in the Region increased from €11,581 in 1994 to €18,556
in 1998. In 2001 GVA per capita in the South East was €23,049 at basic prices, 86% of the
national average of €26,767. GVA is slowly increasing. Currently most developed countries
show a strong link between economic growth and waste generation indicating the propensity for
waste growth in the region above the national average in the years ahead. This is not
withstanding overall reductions in waste generation due to recovery initiatives.
There is additional information on the economic structure of the region in Appendix 2.7.
Plan
Page 28 of 177
June 2006
2.13.
Tourism
Ireland has seen strong growth in the tourism industry over the last number of years. Table 2.6
shows the trend in the number of tourists visiting Ireland. The number of visitors to the South
East from 2000 to 2003 has decreased by 3%. Although this was the largest drop in tourism
nationally for this period, the revenue generated from tourism for the region is the second
highest nationally.
Table 2.6:
Dublin
Midlands/East
South-West
Shannon
West
North-west
South East
State
Tourism Numbers (000s) 2000-2003
2000
2001
2002
2003
Change %
4,282
1,497
2,917
1,821
2,299
1,243
2,019
16,078
4,255
1,487
2,703
1,835
2,377
1,172
1,954
15,783
4,350
1,554
2,865
1,795
2,329
1,161
1,919
15,973
4,508
1,619
2,849
1,827
2,490
1,261
1,958
16,512
5.28
8.15
-2.33
0.33
8.31
1.45
-3.02
2.70
Revenue
(€m)
1,268.3
413.2
757.6
409.4
601
254.2
394.5
4,098.2
The trend has changed in the last few years from a majority of overseas tourists to domestic
tourists visiting the region. The revenue generated from overseas tourists however remains
twice as high as that from domestic tourists (See Figure 2.13). Tourism as an industry within
Ireland is growing. There is increased potential for this industry within the region. Growth in this
industry will cause a corresponding growth in waste arisings.
Figure 2.13: Breakdown of Tourism in the South East (Source: Bord Failte)
Northern Ireland
1,200,000
1,100,000
1,000,000
900,000
800,000
700,000
600,000
500,000
400,000
300,000
200,000
100,000
0
100000
90000
80000
70000
60000
50000
40000
30000
20000
10000
0
2000
Plan
Domestic Tourism
No. of Tourists from N. Irl
No. of Tourists from Overseas and
Domestic
Overseas Tourists
2001
2002
Page 29 of 177
2003
June 2006
2.14.
Agriculture
The South East Region has 16,960 farms (12% of the national total), covering 700,859 hectares
of land. The average farm size in the region is 41.3 hectares compared to the national average
of 31.4 hectares.
The region has the second highest level of agricultural employment in the state but employment
in agriculture has declined consistently over the last 6 years, from a figure of 22,882 in 1996 to
16,463 in 2002xii.
Appendix 2.8 sets out in detail the agricultural statistics of the region.
2.15.
Industry
There are a total of 671 industrial units in the South Eastxiii, this is equivalent to 12.12% of the
industrial units in the state (55,535).
Table 2.7 examines some indicators of the comparative performance of industrial units in the
South East compared to performance at national level. In terms of gross output, the average
industrial unit in the South East produces 17.54% less than the national average, and the gross
output deviation widens to 18.69%.
The average industrial unit in the South East pays 5.54% lower in wages and salary per
employee, and 1.21% lower per industrial worker, than the national average.
Table 2.7:
Indicators of Industrial Activity for the South East & the State 2002
South East
State
% Deviation
Gross output per local unit (000)
€14,893
€18,061
-17.54
Net output per local unit (000)
€8,868
€10,907
-18.69
43
47
-8.51
Annual wages & salaries per employee
€28,271
€29,930
-5.54
Annual wages per industrial worker
€25,123
€25,430
-1.21
Gross output per person engaged
€346,645
€386,815
-10.38
Net output per person engaged
€206,400
€233,609
-11.65
Wages & salaries as a % of net output
13.6
12.7
7.09
Net output as a % of gross output
59.5
60.4
-1.49
Persons engaged per local unit
If net output is considered as a proportion of gross output, the ratio is slightly lower in the South
East (59.5%) than nationally (60.4%), suggesting that the average industrial unit in the region
has slightly higher direct costs and overheads than the national average.
Plan
Page 30 of 177
June 2006
Table 2.8 below presents a distribution of permanent full time employment in companies
assisted by IDA Ireland, by region for the year 2003. Employment in state-assisted companies
broadly follows the pattern of total employment. 29,235 assisted jobs, or 9.83% of all stateassisted employment is located in the South East. The South East accounts for 11.55% of all
state-assisted employment in Irish-owned companies (17,087 jobs) but only 8.12% of stateassisted employment in foreign-owned companies (12,148 jobs). This would suggest that the
South East attracts slightly less than its “fair share” of state-assisted foreign-owned companies.
Table 2.8:
Employment* in IDA supported Irish and Foreign owned firms 2003
Foreign
owned
firms
51,684
15,815
17,897
22,231
12,148
4,687
11,324
13,868
149,654
Dublin
Mid-East
Mid-West
South-West
South East
Midlands
Border
West
All Regions
% Share
34.54
10.57
11.96
14.85
8.12
3.13
7.57
9.27
100
Irish
owned
firms
42,687
14,172
10,001
22,695
17,087
8,122
19,493
13,638
147,895
% Share
All
companies
% Share
28.86
9.58
6.76
15.35
11.55
5.49
13.18
9.22
100
94,371
29,987
27,898
44,926
29,235
12,809
30,817
27,506
297,549
31.72
10.08
9.38
15.10
9.83
4.30
10.36
9.24
100
Further details of industrial output in the Region is included in Appendix 2.9
2.16.
Construction and Development
Employment in this sector grew by over 45% in the South East Region between 1998 and 2002
compared to a National Growth of 34% (Refer to Table 2.9). Since 1994, the number of persons
employed in the building and construction industry in the region has increased by 106%. The
region continues to represent approximately 10% of the national employment in the construction
industry.
Table 2.9:
Employment in Building and Construction 1998 to 2002
Year
South East (000s)
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002, Q1
14
15.9
17.5
18.3
20.4
National Total
(000s)
136.4
142
166.3
180.3
183.3
% of National
Total
10.3
11.2
10.5
10.1
11.1
Figure 2.14 shows the value of construction output in 2001, the most recent year for which data
is available. In that year the construction industry was responsible for producing €20,064 million
of output nationally. Output in the South East that year was valued at €1,724 million, 8.6% of
total national output.
Plan
Page 31 of 177
June 2006
Figure 2.14: Value of Construction Output in the Region
South-East
National Total
180,000
Employmnet No.s
160,000
140,000
120,000
100,000
80,000
60,000
40,000
20,000
0
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002, Q1
Figure 2.15 examines the composition of construction industry output in the South East in 2001.
Not surprisingly, residential construction accounts for nearly two thirds of all construction output,
with other private non-residential construction and productive infrastructure construction
accounting for 15% and 16% respectively of total output, and social infrastructure construction
the remainder.
Figure 2.15: Composition of Total Output of South East Region in 2001
Productive
Infrastructure,
16%
Private NonResidential,
15%
Social
Infrastructure,
4%
Residential
Construction,
65%
Sector
€M
Residential Construction
1,126
Private Non-Residential
251
Productive Infrastructure
271
Social Infrastructure
76
Regional Output
1,725
In common with the rest of the country, there has been a boom in the property market in the
region in the last number of years, and this is reflected in the large increase in new house
completions over this period. Given the importance of residential construction in the sector,
Table 2.10 examines trends in house building for the period 1999 to 2004. Between 1999 and
2003 there has been a 20% increase in the number of new houses. The 2002 census figure for
private houses in the region is shown in Table 2.5, the total number of households in the region
in 2002 was 138, 860.
Plan
Page 32 of 177
June 2006
Table 2.10:
Total House Completions by Administrative Area (Sept) 2004
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipp
Waterford County
Waterford City
Wexford
South East
State
1999
816
708
606
1,007
373
2375
5,512
46,512
2000
717
736
521
1,074
318
2,432
5,480
49,812
2001
658
1,007
546
0
402
1,955
4,166
52,602
2002
695
1,119
589
1,324
460
2,342
6,069
57,695
2003
897
1,183
646
1,171
996
2,743
6,640
68,819
2004*
817
954
470
934
638
2105
5,918
54,170
*from January to September 2004 –latest data available at time of writing
A significant increase in construction and demolition waste can be anticipated in addition to
increases in domestic waste arisings due to the increase in house numbers.
2.17.
Land Use in the South East Region
Land use within the South East Region (Figure 2.16) was extracted from information supplied by
the CORINE Land Cover Project. The CORINE Project is a compiled digital database of land
cover in Ireland. The GIS format is at a scale of 1:100,000 according to the EU’s CORINE Land
Cover methodology and naming convention.
Plan
Page 33 of 177
June 2006
STCC-CR_Figure 2.16_Land-Usen in the South East Region_Rev B
’
R.
R. Barrow
Barrow
Hacketstown
Hacketstown
.
.
Carlow
Carlow
R. Nore
R.
Nore
.
.
R.
R. Slaney
Slaney
Key Map
R. Suir
R.
Suir
Urlingford
Urlingford
Muinebeag
Muinebeag
.
.
.
.
Gorey
Gorey
Kilkenny
Kilkenny
.
.
.
.
.
.
Borris
Borris
Bunclody
Bunclody
.
.
Cashel
Cashel
Enniscorthy
Enniscorthy
.
.
Tipperary
Tipperary
.
.
Fethard
Fethard
.
.
.
.
New
New Ross
Ross
Mullinavat
Mullinavat
Clonmel
Clonmel
.
.
.
.
Caher
Caher
.
.
.
.
.
.
Wexford
Wexford
.
.
Carrick-on-Suir
Carrick-on-Suir
Rosslare
Rosslare Harbour
Harbour
.
.
.
Waterford
Waterford.
.Fethard
.
Fethard
Tramore
Tramore
R. Blackwater
R.
Blackwater
.
.
.Lismore
.
Lismore
Tallow
Tallow
.
.
0
10
.
.
Dunmore
Dunmore East
East
.
.
Artifical
Beach
Bog/Marsh
Forestry
Grassland
Sparsely Vegetated Areas
Water
Dungarvan
Dungarvan
20
kilometres
Ardmore
Ardmore
.
.
Map Legend
Land Use in the South East Region
Figure 2.16
2.18.
Coastal and Marine Characterisation of the South East Region
The Coastal and Marine Characterisation of the South East Region remains almost unchanged
from the previous edition of this plan.
The coastline of Wexford and Waterford runs between the Irish Sea to the east and north and
the Celtic Sea to the south and west. The intertidal coastal area has a broad range of marine
habitats, ranging from exposed rocky coasts around Hook Head, Carnsore Point and the
offshore islands of the Saltees to the sheltered estuarine systems at Wexford Harbour,
Waterford Harbour and Dungarvan Harbour. Coastal lagoon systems occur at Tacumshim Lake
and Lady's Island Lake and shallow sheltered bays and inlets at Bannow Bay and Ballyteige
Bay. Offshore, there is a similarly diverse range of habitats from wave-exposed and tide-swept
rocky reefs around Carnsore Point and the Saltee Islands to sheltered muddy habitats in
Wexford Harbour.
The Waterford and Wexford coasts have many extensive sandy beaches that are popular tourist
locations for bathing. The following beaches and marina were awarded the Blue Flag for high
water quality in 2004:
•
Co. Waterford
- Bunmahon
- Clonea Strand
- Councillors Strand Dunmore
East
•
Co. Wexford
- Kilmore Quay Marina
- Courtown
- Curracloe
- Duncannon
- Rosslare
Dungarvan and Waterford Harbour and Bannow Bay are important areas for shellfish culture.
Concern over the future uses of Bannow Bay led to the formation of the Bannow Bay Coastal
Zone Management Group in 1996. In 1998, this was the first location in Ireland to take part in
the Co-ordinated Local Aquaculture Management Systems (CLAMS). Although no offshore
aquaculture occurs in the region, mussel seed is grown on in Wexford Harbour and collected
along the north Wexford and Wicklow coasts. The main rivers in the area support stocks of
salmon and trout.
The offshore area is important for commercial and recreational fishing, with larger fishing fleets
centred at Waterford, Kilmore Quay and Wexford. Fishing activity on the east coast is mainly
for whelks and finfish although lobsters and crab are taken locally. Kilmore Quay has a small
lobster hatchery and the area has been the focus for lobster reseeding studies.
2.19.
Protected Area Special Areas of Conservation (SAC) and Natural
Heritage Area (NHA)
The Special Areas of Conservation (SAC), Natural Heritage Areas (NHA) and Special Protection
Areas (SPA) are a range of sites designated or in the process of designation under EU
Directives. All such areas in the South East are shown on Figure 2.17.
Plan
Page 35 of 177
June 2006
STCC-CR_Figure 2.17_Designated Areas In the South East Region_Rev B
’
Hacketstown
Hacketstown
.
.
Carlow
Carlow
.
.
Key Map
Urlingford
Urlingford
Muinebeag
Muinebeag
.
.
.
.
Kilkenny
Kilkenny
Gorey
Gorey
.
.
Bunclody
Bunclody
.
.
.
.
Borris
Borris
.
.
Cashel
Cashel
Enniscorthy
Enniscorthy
.
.
Tipperary
Tipperary
.
.
Fethard
Fethard
.
.
.
.
New Ross
Ross
New
Caher
Caher
.
.
Clonmel
Clonmel
Carrick-on-Suir
Carrick-on-Suir
.
.
.
.
Mullinavat
Mullinavat
.
.
.
.
Wexford
Wexford
.
.
Rosslare
Rosslare Harbour
Harbour
.
.
.
Waterford
Waterford.
.
.Fethard
Fethard
Tramore
Tramore
.
.
Lismore
Lismore
.
.
Tallow
Tallow
.
.
Dungarvan
Dungarvan
.
.
.
.
Dunmore
Dunmore East
East
Map Legend
Natural Heritage Areas (NHAs)
0
10
20
kilometres
Ardmore
Ardmore
Special Areas of Conservation (SAC)
.
.
Natural Heritage Areas and Special Areas of Conservation in the South East Region
Figure 2.17
3. COUNTY DEVELOPMENT PLANS AND OTHER SPECIFIC POLICIES
This section of the plan will examine specific strategic objectives and policies within the Region
and their potential impact or strategy concerning waste management. The following initiatives
are detailed in this section:
•
•
•
•
3.1.
County Development Plans for the Region
Regional Planning Guidelines
National Spatial Strategy
RAPID programme
County Development Plans
The Local Authority Development Plans were reviewed to assess the strategic objectives and
policies as regards waste management. A comparative analysis of the extent to which each
development plan addresses waste management issues is detailed in Table 3.1.
Matrix of Development Plans and Relevant Waste Management
Objectives
2001
2003
2001
2003
2001
2002
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2001
1997
3
3
1997
2002
3
3
1997
2001
Wexford
Co.Co.
1997
Waterford
City Co.
2003
Waterford
Co.Co.
2001
Waste
Minimisation
Policies
Recycling
Initiatives
Co-operation With
Neighbouring
Authorities
Reference to
Regional
Strategies
Promote Existing
or Emerging
County Waste
Plans
Polluter Pays
Principle
Re-use of Waste
Materials
Restrict Illegal
Dumping
Alternatives to
Waste Disposal
South
Tipperary
Co.Co.
Kilkenny
Co.Co.
1997
Carlow
Co.Co.
1997
Table 3.1:
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3Specific Policy in the Plan
Plan
Page 37 of 177
June 2006
3.1.1. Carlow County Council
Statutory Plan: Carlow County Development Plan 2003
The main solid waste management facility referred to in the development plan is Powerstown
Landfill. The plan states that the facility is licensed for the disposal of waste until 2004. Carlow
County Council has submitted a licence review to extend the facility to allow the disposal of
waste to continue until 2012 and beyond.
The specific policies and objectives for waste management, outlined in the development plan
are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
implementation of the South East Region Waste Management Plan 2002
extension of the existing landfill site at Powerstown
encourage reduction in the quantities of waste produced through re-use and recycling
development of civic recycling centres in Carlow and Bagnelstown
development of network of bring banks through out the County
encouragement for the development of a Material Recovery Facility
3.1.2. Kilkenny County Council
Statutory Plan: Kilkenny County Development Plan, 2002
The Draft Development Plan 2000 reviewed in the 2002 Joint Waste Management Plan was
ratified in 2002. The specific policies and objectives for waste management, outlined in the
development plan are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
co-operation with neighbouring local authorities in the preparation and future
implementation of a regional waste management plan for the South East
liaison with adjoining Authorities with regard to the feasibility of co-operative
arrangements for waste disposal and recycling
protection of the environment from indiscriminate and unsightly dumping
continuation of Tidy Towns and other community environmental initiatives
stabilisation and in the longer term reverse the growth in waste generation by prevention
and minimisation
appointment of a dedicated awareness officer to develop and implement education
programmes
implementation of policy to ensure that waste that isn’t reused and recycled is disposed of
in a manner that reduces environmental pollution and is disposed of on a polluter pays
principle
introduction of kerbside collection of recyclables in Kilkenny City and environs, in
cooperation with Kilkenny City Council
encouragement and support for the commercial and industrial sectors in the achievement
of statutory recycling targets
establishment of a recycling centre in the area of Kilkenny City, increase the number of
bring banks and pilot a green waste composting scheme
extension of Dunmore landfill if possible and assessment of new sites for waste disposal
subject to the usual planning requirements
Development of a waste transfer station at an appropriate location dependent on the
location of a Regional Integrated Waste Management facility or medium to long-term
landfill
Page 38 of 177
June 2006
The main solid waste management facility referred to in the development plan is Dunmore
Landfill. Since the development plan was delivered a Waste Licence Review for an extension to
Dunmore landfill has been submitted to the EPA. The reviewed Licence was issued in May
2002.
3.1.3. South Tipperary County Council
Statutory Plan: South Tipperary County Development Plan 2003
The solid waste management facility referred to in the development plan is Hardbog Landfill.
are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
implementation of the policy objectives of the Joint Waste Management Plan for the
South East Region 2002
elimination of all fly tipping and to regulate and control the disposal of all builders’ spoil
and rubble arising within the County
implementation of the ‘polluter pays principle’ with particular regard to industrial and
agricultural discharges, and implementation of the provisions of the water pollution and
environmental protection legislation and regulations thereunder
encouragement in a reduction in the quantities of waste produced through re-use and
recycling
maintenance of a public awareness and education programme
provision of transfer stations in Clonmel and Cashel
provision of recycling centres in the major centres of population in the County
3.1.4. Waterford County Council
Statutory Plan: Waterford County Draft Development Plan 2003
are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
implementation of the Joint Waste Management Plan for the South East Region 2002
development and implementation of a public awareness and education programme
implementation of the ‘Polluter Pays’ principle with regard to the collection, treatment and
disposal of waste
provision of the best environmental management of all waste, including preventing and
minimising the generation of waste, wherever practicable
provision of one bring bank per 1, 000 population throughout the County
maintenance of Community Recycling Facilities at Dungarvan, Tramore and Lismore
establishment of a Materials Recovery Facility at Shandon, Dungarvan for the treatment
of dry recyclable waste
development of a new landfill facility at Garrynagree
provision of a collection service for source separated dry recyclable and organic waste
Page 39 of 177
June 2006
3.1.5. Waterford City
Statutory Plan: Waterford City Draft Development Plan 2002
The solid waste management facility referred to in the development plan is Kilbarry Landfill.
Waterford City Council received a waste licence for the facility in 2001.
are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
full participation in the preparation, adoption and implementation of the proposed Joint
Waste Management Plan
continuation and expansion of environmental awareness initiatives designed to create
increased public awareness of waste prevention minimisation and reuse
identification and promotion of further waste prevention and recycling initiatives
provision of additional recycling, including composting facilities
operation of waste collection on a polluter pays principle
provision of waste collection and disposal facilities
implementation of the anti-litter programmes and the enforcement of the Litter Pollution
Act
When undertaking development or when authorising or permitting development,
consideration of the provision of a waste minimisation, prevention and reuse programme
and facilities including the provision of recycling facilities within developments
the imposition of conditions requiring the implementation of waste management
programmes, including schemes for the management of construction and demolition
waste, on development sites
3.1.6. Wexford County Council
Statutory Plan: Wexford County Development Plan 2001
The development plan was published in 2001 and it is the most recent amendment was in 2004.
are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
consideration of National and EU waste management regulations
awareness of the Regional Waste Management Strategy in so far as it does not conflict
with the County Councils Waste Management Policy
promotion of the prevention, minimisation, reuse and recycling of waste
implementation of a policy that waste that isn’t reused and recycled is disposed of in a
manner that reduces environmental pollution and is operated on a polluter pays principle
provision of suitable municipal solid waste treatment & disposal infrastructure to meet the
needs of the County
consideration of alternative methods of waste disposal, including directing waste to
composting or biological processes
implementation of proximity principle i.e. treatment and disposal of waste to be carried out
close to the point of generation
consideration of locating scrap yards, vehicle dismantlers, material recovery facilities,
transfer and storage facilities on industrial land – with certain provisos
siting of waste disposal facilities in agricultural or industrial lands is open for consideration
restriction and control of private and unauthorised disposal sites and prohibition of
unauthorised dumping
Page 40 of 177
June 2006
•
•
•
•
3.2.
co-operation with other agencies in the planning, organisation, authorisation and
supervision of the disposal of hazardous waste
preparation of a county sludge management plan
implementation and adherence to the provisions of the Litter Pollution Act 1997
Introduction of a requirement for developers to submit for Local Authority approval details
for the disposal of surplus construction material prior to the commencement of
development
South East Regional Authority – Regional Planning Guidelines
The Planning and Development Act (2000) gave Regional Authorities the power to generate
Regional Planning Guidelines (RPG). The RPGs for the South East were adopted by the South
East Regional Authority on 24th May 2004. The RPG for the South East reiterate the policy of
the National Spatial Strategy (NSS) and identifies Waterford, Kilkenny and Wexford as a
strategic “growth triangle”. The guidelines identify nine key areas for investment and
development within the region. These are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
full implementation of the Joint Waste Management Plan for the South East Region
development of dual carriageway roadway along the central strategic transportation
corridor as identified in the NSS
support for the development of the internal road network between the Gateway and the
Hubs in the region. Development of the N8 South West Corridor that links Limerick and
Cork to Dublin via Cahir, Cashel and Urlingford
development of the N25 Waterford City Bypass and Outer Ring Road as well as an
additional downstream river crossing facilitating the extension of the Outer Ring Road
northwards to the N25 and to securing the future balanced development of the regional
Gateway
development of a link on the N11 from Rosslare Europort and Wexford to Dublin, to the
region and the rest of the county focussing particularly on the New Ross By-Pass, the
Rosslare Harbour Access Road, town bypasses on the N11 and N24 and improvements
along the N80 between Enniscorthy and Carlow and onwards to Athlone and Dundalk
targeting land servicing measure, in terms of water services and access investments to
release serviced land for residential and commercial purposes in the Gateway, Hubs and
County towns
development of the innovation potential in the region through development of a University
of the South East, supported by continual investment in established third-level institutions
focusing on strengthening academic-industrial linkages and the further development of
educational outreach facilities throughout the region
targeting investment in the development of first class business locations at the Gateways,
Hubs and County Towns
significant expansion of the commercial, cultural and civic centres of Waterford City
development of the full potential of the South East Regional Airport, Waterford
The population projections in the RPG are based on the NSS/CSO national population estimate
of 4.4 – 4.5 million in 2020. They estimated a 9.5% change in population figures in the South
East Region during the period 2002 – 2012.
Plan
Page 41 of 177
June 2006
3.3.
Other Specific Policies
The following regional and national policies have been reviewed to assess their impact or
requirements from the perspective of waste management. Both the National Spatial Strategy
(NSS) and the Revitalising Areas by Planning, Investment and Development (RAPID)
programme have been put in place to encourage the socio-economic growth of the region and
in the case of RAPID the preferential development of disadvantaged areas within the region.
Both policy documents envisage increased population and economic growth within the region,
the impact of the successful implementation of these policies is the potential for increased waste
production in all waste streams.
3.3.1. National Spatial Strategy
The National Spatial Strategy (NSS) sets out a framework for future development and growth in
Ireland over the next twenty years.
The NSS identifies Waterford as one of the five nationally significant gateways supported by
Kilkenny and Wexford as hubs. The NSS identifies these towns as a nationally strategic ‘growth
triangle’ in the South East and regional growth will be driven through these towns. Population
growth requires increased services and facilities and this encourages greater economic activity
and an improved quality of life. However, it also leads to increased waste generation.
Plan
Page 42 of 177
June 2006
Figure 3.1:
Plan
Development Strategy for the South East Region (Source: NSS)
Page 43 of 177
June 2006
In addition to the ‘growth triangle’ it is envisaged that Wexford, Waterford, Kilkenny, Carlow,
Clonmel and Dungarvan, will provide large skilled population bases. The additional capacity for
expansion provided by these towns and the network of associated towns will assist in regional
development.
A characteristic of the spatial structure of the South East is its extensive network of villages.
This network, originally developed as a by-product of the agricultural nature of the region, is to
be ensured through the development of local initiatives and additional types of economic
activity. Combined these factors will encourage residential and economic development within
the village network.
3.3.2. RAPID Initiative
The government has put in place a focused initiative for Revitalising Areas by Planning,
Investment and Development (RAPID). The areas identified are considered the most
concentrated areas of disadvantage in the country. The programme is to be implemented in two
Strands, Strand I identifies urban centres of disadvantage and Strand II identifies provincial
towns. Areas within the Region identified in the RAPID initiative are detailed in Table 3.2.
Table 3.2:
County
Waterford
Carlow
Tipperary
Wexford
Kilkenny
Areas Identified under the RAPID Initiative
Area
Ballybeg, Larchville, Lisduggan (local authority estates), Roanmore, Mount
Sion, Newports Square, Shortcourse
(DED: Ballybeg North, Ballybeg South, Larchville, part of Lisduggan,
Roanmore, Mount Sion, Newports Square, Shortcourse)
Carlow
Tipperary, Clonmel
Clonard area, Maudlintown, areas of Wexford Town, New Ross
Hebron Park, Loughboy, Bishop Birch Place, Ossary Park, De La Salle
Place, Newpark Close, O’Loughlin Court, Millennium Court, St. Mary’s
Avenue, New Park Lower, New Orchard, Pococke Valley, The Butts, St.
Conice’s, McCauley Place, St. Catherines (Halting site)
The main aim of the initiative is to provide preferential support in favour of those areas identified
"Better Support = Equal Chance". Those areas identified must be assessed individually in
terms of the major needs and problems locally and then targeted by all Government
Departments, State Agencies and Local Authorities for investment and development with the
aim of resolving those needs and problems identified.
3.4.
Planning the Location of Waste Management Facilities
To provide adequately for waste management facilities, not withstanding the zoning of land for
the use solely or primarily of particular areas for particular purposes in development plans, or
the absence of zoning provisions, approval for waste management facilities necessary for the
proper implementation of the Plan shall be considered open for consideration in all areas.
Plan
Page 44 of 177
June 2006
In some areas public infrastructure such as roads, sewers, water supply etc. may not be of the
required standard. However if the need for the facility so requires, and if the infrastructure will be
provided by or on behalf of the developer/local authority by the time the facility is fully
operational or within a reasonable time thereafter, deficiency of infrastructure shall not prejudice
the achievement of the objectives of the Plan.
In the siting of future waste facilities, consideration will be given to the following environmental
protection areas:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
biogenetic reserve
designated areas under REPS
National Parks
Ramsar Sites
refuges for Fauna
salmonid waters
sensitive areas for fisheries and forestry
sensitive areas for urban wastewater
Special Amenity Area Order
Special Areas of Conservation (SAC)
Special Protection Areas (SPA)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Statutory Nature Reserve
Tree Preservation Order
UNESCO Biosphere Reserve
Wildfowl Sanctuary
World Heritage Sites
National Heritage Areas (NHA)
areas of special control in County
Development Plans
protected areas as listed in Annex IV
of the Water Framework Directive
3.4.1. Planning Applicants (Commercial and Industrial Sectors)
If proposed commercial and industrial developments were to have a significant effect on waste
management, the planning departments will require a waste management statement to state
how wastes will be managed and any negative impacts mitigated. The statement for the
commercial and industrial sector for new or significant extensions to existing developments shall
at a minimum contain:
•
•
•
•
Plan
overall waste created
streaming of waste to various recycling points
amount for disposal
waste handling infrastructure
Page 45 of 177
June 2006
4. WASTE MANAGEMENT
AUTHORITIES
POLICIES
OF
NEIGHBOURING
LOCAL
This section outlines the status of waste management policy in counties and regions adjacent to
the South East. The details have been taken from the county/region waste management plan
adding any details of works carried out to date. It should be noted that the waste management
plans for all of these regions are currently under review. Figure 4.1 illustrates the different
waste management planning regions adjacent to the South East.
Figure 4.1:
Plan
Waste Management Planning Areas
Page 46 of 177
June 2006
4.1.
•
•
•
•
•
•
4.2.
•
•
•
•
4.3.
•
•
•
•
•
4.4.
•
•
•
•
Plan
County Kildare
independent waste planning
existing landfill at Silliot Hill closed to landfilling. Waste recycling centre, composting
facility and transfer facility have been established at the site
short term – transporting waste to Dublin for baling and landfilling
long term – biological treatment, materials recovery facility and disposal of residues to
residual landfill
Waste Management Plan (2000) is currently being reviewed
three proposals for landfill by private sector currently in the regulatory process (Dec 2004)
County Wicklow
independent waste planning
existing landfill limited. Wicklow County Council has received a licence for the extension
of Rampere landfill
Greenstar is developing a landfill facility at Ballynagran, due for completion late
2005/early 2006
Midlands Region
comprises the counties: North Tipperary, Offaly, Laois, Longford and Westmeath
an application for a residual landfill at Annaskinnan, Westmeath for 175,000 tpa has been
lodged
an application has been submitted for an extension to Ballydonagh landfill (Westmeath)
participating in integrated waste management planning on a Regional basis with
biological treatment, thermal treatment and residual landfill
Mid West Region
comprises the Counties: Kerry, Clare and Limerick
participating in integrated waste management planning on a Regional basis with
biological treatment, thermal treatment and residual landfill.
provision for the residual waste in North Tipperary to be thermally treated in this region if
necessary
proposal to extend North Kerry and Gortadroma Landfill (County Limerick)
Page 47 of 177
June 2006
4.5.
•
Cork Region
Will examine on an annual basis, the possibility of employing thermal waste-to-energy
treatment of residual waste
comprises Cork County & Cork City Councils
Materials Recovery Facility (MRF) & biological treatment facility currently being prepared
for regulatory processing (Dec 2004)
central residual landfill facility for construction (July 2004) 160,000 – 215,000 t.p.a. until
2016
main landfill at Kinsale Road has extended closure date
Youghal landfill license extension granted (2004) 170,000 t.p.a. for 3 years
smaller landfills due to close 2005/6
•
•
•
•
•
•
Table 4.1 sets out the principal waste management strategies of the regions adjoining the South
East Region.
4.6.
Materials Recovery
Facilities
Transfer Stations
Biological Treatment
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Residual Landfill
Kerbside Collection
of Recyclables
*
*
Thermal Treatment
Recycling Centres
*
*
*
Expansion of Bring
Bank System
Wicklow Co. Co.
Kildare Co. Co.
Midlands Region
Midwest Region
Cork Region
Individual County
Plan
Summary of Neighbouring Authorities Waste Management Plans
Regional Plan
Table 4.1:
*
*
*
*
*
Disposal Facilities outside the Region
The remaining landfill capacity within the Region is described in Section 6. In summary there is
approximately 2 years landfill capacity remaining in the region. New engineered residual
landfills have been proposed for South Tipperary, Waterford and Wexford. These facilities are
currently going through the statutory process and are not likely to be available for 2-3 years, if
successful.
An assessment of neighbouring facilities for short-term, medium term and long term disposal
capacity was assessed by the DoEHLG for the state and is summarised in Table 4.2.
Plan
Page 48 of 177
June 2006
Table 4.2:
Status of Extra-Regional Developments
Region
1
Disposal Potential
Short-Term
Dublin Region
Remaining
Capacity
20041
2 years
Wicklow
Kildare
5 years
2 years
Rampere Landfill
Arthurstown Landfill
Midlands
7 years
Clare/Kerry/Limerick
7 years
Cork
3 years
Kyletalesha (Laois),
Derryclure (Offaly),
Ballydonagh
(Westmeath)
Ballaghveny
(Tipperary).
North Kerry,
Gortadroma (Limerick)
Ballyduff Beg
Integrated Waste
Management Facility
(Clare)
Kinsale Road Cork
City Rossmore (Cork)
Youghal (Cork)
Arthurstown Landfill
MediumLong-Term
Term
Landfill & thermal facilities at
tender phase
Ballynagran Landfill
3 landfill proposals in
County.
Annaskinnan Landfill
Ballyduff Beg
Integrated
Waste
Management
Facility
(Clare)
Bottlehill
Landfill
Minimal
Bottlehill
Landfill
Taken From The DoEHLG, National Overview of Waste Management Plans
Plan
Page 49 of 177
June 2006
5. REPORTED WASTE GENERATION
The 2001 NWD estimated waste arisings at approximately 74.07 million tonnes. 2,704,035
tonnes of municipal waste was generated in Ireland in 2001, of which 54 % was household
waste. Applying population figures to this data results in an average household waste
generation per capita of 375 kg.
The NWD Interim Report 2002 concluded that the rate of increase in the generation of municipal
solid waste (MSW) had slowed compared to previous years’ reported data, with a total of
2,723,729 tonnes of municipal waste generated in 2002, which represented an increase of less
than 1 % on 2001 figures.
MSW generation in the South East Region has increased since the 2000–2005 Waste
Management Plan. Table 5.1 shows a breakdown of waste arisings in the region in 2003.
Household waste arisings (as reported) have increased by 6.5% from 2000 to 2003, reported
commercial waste arisings increased by more than 100% and industrial waste arisings
decreased by 66%. The wide variance is most likely due to the quality of data reporting rather
than large changes in waste generation.
Agricultural waste arisings in the region decreased by 37%. The total quantity of ash and
incineration residues reported in 2003 was much lower than that reported in 2000, it is not clear
whether this is due to lack of reporting or an actual decrease in arisings.
Table 5.1:
Waste Collected in the South East Region 2003
Waste Type
Household
Commercial
Industrial
Industrial Sludges (non-hazardous) (tDS)
Litter and Street Cleansing
Agricultural
C&D
Contaminated soils
Municipal sludges (tDS)
Sewage sludge (tDS)
Healthcare waste
Mining and quarrying waste
Ash and other incineration residues
Priority Wastes
Port Waste
Hazardous Waste (not reported as other fractions )
Total (t)
136,326
86,262
45,735
91,543
8,490
435,180
430,000
2,834
1,277
5,603
955
700,000
55
6,534
17,000
Hazardous
Fraction (t)
430
Note 1
Note 1
0
0
no data
0
2,834
no data
no data
955
no data
55
747
0
17,000
Note 1: The quantities of waste above are tonnes of waste as reported. Where no returns were reported an estimate
has been made. Details of reported and or estimated waste fractions are discussed in further detail in the following
sections.
Note 2: Priority hazardous wastes and healthcare waste are included separately in the table. There was no
differentiation between commercial and industrial hazardous waste in the returns. They are included as the fraction
‘hazardous waste’.
Plan
Page 50 of 177
June 2006
This section reports the quantities of each waste stream in the South East Region and the
methods used to acquire the data.
5.1.
Data Sources
Information on waste arisings within the South East Region has been gathered from the
following sources:•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Local Authorities – C1 Forms, IFS Notes, NWD Returns 2003
Joint Waste Management Plan for the South East, 200240 – (JWMPSE)
National Waste Database 2001 (EPA, 2001)
Local Authority returns for EPA National Waste Database (2003)
EPA, National Waste Database Interim Report 2002, 200441
EPA, National Waste Database Interim Report 2003, 2004refxx
South Eastern Health Board
REPAK
Regional Waste Audit42
National Hazardous Waste Management Plan 2001
National Hazardous Waste Management Plan Implementation Committee Report 2004
Waste arisings are discussed as separate fractions in Section 5.2 to 5.11.
5.2.
Household Waste
A total of 136,326 t of household waste was reported to be collected in the South East Region in
2003. There are four main methods of collection:
•
•
•
•
local authority household collection service
private contractor household collection service
bring centres
recycling centres
It does not include household hazardous waste as collected by other means such as by the
Chemcar©.
The total quantities collected are outlined in Table 5.2.
Table 5.2:
Total Household Waste Reported as Collected in the Region in 2003
Local Authority
Area
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford County
Waterford City
Wexford
Total
Plan
Total
Household Waste
(t)
18,169
14,936
26,988
15,356
22,299
38,578
136,326
household waste
collected by area
(%)
13.5
11
20
11
16.5
28
100
Page 51 of 177
June 2006
Household waste quantities collected by the private sector were obtained from Annual
Environmental Report (AER) returns. The local authorities provided quantities of household
waste collected on their collection routes and, from their bring centres and recycling centres.
5.2.1. Household Waste Collection
68,401 t was collected by the local authorities from serviced household collection. Of this 5,919 t
of dry recyclables and organic waste was separately collected in either 2-bin or 3-bin systems.
Table 5.3:
Household Waste Collected in 2003 by the Local Authorities (as
reported)
Area
Carlow
Kilkenny
Tipperary South
Waterford City
Waterford County
Wexford
Total
Household Mixed
Waste
(t)
0
1,943
15,742
11,603
10,511
20,130
62,482
Separate
Collection
(t)
0
6
1,172
2,180
2,476
85
5,919
Total
(t)
0
1,949
16,914
13,783
12,987
20,215
65,848
55,071 t was collected by private operators from serviced household collection. Of this 1,298 t of
dry recyclables were separately collected in 2-bin systems.
Table 5.4:
Household Waste Collected in 2003 by Private Collectors (as
reported)
Area
Carlow
Kilkenny*
Tipperary South
Waterford City
Waterford County
Wexford
Total
Household Mixed
Waste (t)
16,720
10,504
8,280
0
5,522
15,300
53,773
Separate
Collection
(t)
0
1,244
0
0
0
54
1,298
Total
(t)
16,720
11,748
8,280
0
5,522
15,354
57,624
*figures are based on estimates
5.2.2. Bring Centres and Recycling Centres
The majority of bring centres within the region are operated by the public sector. A number of
brink banks for glass are serviced by the private sector. In 2003 a total of 6,525 t of waste was
collected from 352 bring banks across the region. A breakdown by county is given in Figure
5.1. 106t was collected in Kilkenny in 2003 by brink banks serviced by private operators.
Plan
Page 52 of 177
June 2006
Figure 5.1:
Household Waste Reported as Collected at Bring Centres in the
South East 2003
tonnes collected
bring bank no.s
140
2500
120
100
1500
80
1000
60
40
500
20
0
no. of bring banks
material collected (t)
2000
0
Wexford
Waterford
County
Waterford
City
South
Tipperary
Kilkenny
Carlow
In 2003 a total of 6,329 tonnes of waste was collected from 12 recycling centres located within
the region. A breakdown by county is given in Figure 5.2.
Household Waste Reported as Collected at Recycling Centres in
the South East 2003
tonnes collected
no. of recycling centres
3000
4
2500
material collected (t)
3
2000
1500
2
1000
1
500
0
no. of recycling centres
Figure 5.2:
0
Wexford
Waterford
County
Waterford
City
South
Tipperary
Kilkenny
Carlow
The largest tonnage of recyclable material were generally collected where there was a wide
distribution of bring banks/recycling centres across the county i.e. Wexford or where the
facilities were located adjacent to large areas of population, i.e. Waterford City.
Plan
Page 53 of 177
June 2006
5.2.3. Comparison with JWMPSE 2002
The JWMPSE estimated waste arisings for 2000 and predicted waste arisings on an annual
basis for the years 2002 to 2021. A comparison of this data for household waste is given in
Table 5.5.
Table 5.5:
Comparison of Household Arisings Data from 2000 and 2003
Description
household waste arisings (reported as collected in 2000) Note 1
household waste generation as predicted for 2003 Note 2
Note 3
household waste arisings (reported as collected in 2003)
Quantity (t)
127,988
139,000
136,326
Note 1 – JWMPSE 2002 (2000 data)
Note 2 – JWMPSE 2002 (used for financial and scenario modelling)
Note 3 – 2005 review (2003 data)
The JWMPSE (2002) predicted that household waste generation would be 139,000 tpa by
2003, a variance of 2% when compared to the reported total household waste arisings reported
for the region, 2003. Quantities of household waste reported as collected grew by 7% from 2000
to 2003.
5.2.4. Composition of Household Waste
Local authority carried out household waste composition surveys for the 2001 National Waste
Database. After review of a number of other household waste characteristics, the NWD, 2001
was used to produce an estimate of household waste composition analysis for the South East
Region. It is shown in Table 5.6 and Figure 5.3. The composition is based on the total tonnage
reported as collected in the region in 2003.
Table 5.6:
Plan
Composition of Reported Household Waste Collected in the South
East 2003
Household Waste
Fractions
Quantity
(t)
Fraction
(%)
Glass
Paper/Cardboard
Metal
Plastic
Textile
Organic
Other
TOTAL
5,453
29,992
5,453
16,359
5,453
47,714
25,902
136,326
4
22
4
12
4
35
19
100
Page 54 of 177
June 2006
Figure 5.3:
Estimated Fractions of Household Waste Collected in the Region,
2003 (as reported)
glass
4
19
paper/cardboard
22
metal
plastic
4
12
35
4
textile
organic
other
5.2.5. Household Hazardous Waste
Hazardous waste generation in the region is discussed in Section 5.12. It is estimated that
21,600 t of hazardous waste was generated in 2003.
Typically, household hazardous waste consists of waste paint, fluorescent light bulbs, cleaning
products, batteries etc. According to the NWD, 2001, 2% of hazardous waste is estimated to be
from the household fraction. Using the EPA estimate it is estimated that household hazardous
waste arisings in the region is 432 t. The total household hazardous waste reported as collected
in the region in 2003 is 18t, 10t from the Chemcar© collection and from Dunmore Recycling
Centre in Kilkenny County and 8t is accounted for on C1 forms. Additional battery waste may
have been collected throughout the region but there is no data for the portion attributable to the
household fraction. An example of a C1 Form is shown in Appendix 5.1.
The local authorities within the region have implemented measures to divert this waste stream
from landfill. These are outlined in Table 5.7.
Table 5.7:
Household Hazardous Waste Collection
County
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford County
Wexford
Collection Measures
Chemcar© Collection
Dedicated collection receptacles placed at Dunmore
Recycling Centre
Dedicated collection receptacles placed at Lismore,
Dungarvan and Tramore recycling centres.
Returnbatt receptacles, M. Barter Recycling, Atlas
Environmental, receptacles at recycling centres for
household hazardous waste, Chemcar© collection,
annual waste action days – collection of household
hazardous waste.
The Chemcar© is operated by Cara Waste Management
Plan
Page 55 of 177
June 2006
5.3.
Commercial Waste
In 2003, 86,000t of commercial waste was reported as collected in the region. All commercial
waste is collected by private contractors. The majority of commercial waste is collected from
commercial premises. A breakdown of the commercial waste collected in the region by private
contractors is shown in Table 5.8. Commercial waste is not collected at bring centres or
recycling centres in the region. Of the total waste collected, 33,158 t of dry recyclables were
collected separately.
Table 5.8:
Total Commercial Waste Quantities Reported as Collected in 2003
by the Private Sector
Area
Mixed Waste
(t)
Separate
Collection (t)
Wexford
5,941
3,261
9,636
11,758
11,432
10,970
0
4,242
6,474
4,871
0
17,571
Total
(t)
5,941
7,609
16,110
16,629
11,432
28,541
Total
54,526
33,158
86,262
Carlow
Kilkenny
Tipperary South
Waterford City
Waterford County
5.3.1. Comparison with JWMPSE
basis for the years 2002 to 2021. A comparison of this data for commercial waste is given in
Table 5.9.
Table 5.9:
Comparison of Commercial Waste Arisings Data from 2000 and
2003
Description
waste arisings (reported as collected in 2000) Note 1
waste generation as predicted for 2003 Note 2
Quantity (t)
40,305
42,800
86,262
The JWMPSE (2002) predicted that commercial waste generation would be 42,800 tpa by 2003,
a variance of over 100% when compared to the reported total commercial waste arisings
reported for the region, 2003. Quantities of commercial waste reported as collected grew by
114% from 2000 to 2003.
As will be seen later, when commercial and industrial waste arisings are considered jointly, the
increase in waste arisings over prediction for 2003 is 6%.
Plan
Page 56 of 177
June 2006
5.3.2. Commercial Waste Composition
The proportions of commercial waste fractions were taken form the NWD, 2001. Table 5.10 and
Figure 5.4 shows the compositional analysis of commercial waste. The estimate of commercial
waste composition is based on the total tonnage reported as collected in the region in 2003.
Table 5.10:
Compositions of commercial waste reported as collected in the
South East 2003
Quantity
(t)
Commercial Waste
Fraction
Glass
Textile
Paper/Cardboard
6,038
863
42,268
2,588
8,626
18,115
7,764
86,262
Metal
Plastic
Organic
Other
Total
Figure 5.4:
Fraction
(%)
7
1
49
3
10
21
9
100
Estimated Fractions of Commercial Waste Reported as Collected in
the South East 2003
Glass
9
7
1
Textile
Paper/Cardboard
21
Metal
49
10
Plastic
Organic
3
Other
5.3.3. Hazardous Component of Commercial Waste
Hazardous waste arisings in the region were compiled from C1 and TFS returns. It is not
possible to determine source fractions from the data. There is nothing to indicate whether the
hazardous waste is industrial or commercial. Quantities of hazardous waste fractions such as
waste oil, batteries, tyres are discussed as priority wastes. These fractions and others could be
classified as commercial waste.
Plan
Page 57 of 177
June 2006
5.4.
Industrial Waste
A Regional Waste Audit was carried out in November 2004. Private waste contractors collect
industrial waste that is not managed at the point of origin. The waste is either disposed of by
landfilling or is recovered by landspreading. The quantity of industrial waste managed in the
region is shown in Table 5.11.
Table 5.11:
Total industrial waste quantities managed in the region 2003 (as
reported)
County
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford City
Waterford County
Wexford
TOTAL
Waste Arisings
no data
14,050
4,828
13,806
926
12,125
45,735
Note 1 – included in commercial collection
5.4.1. Non-hazardous Industrial Sludge
Figures for non-hazardous industrial sludge arisings are taken form the JWMPSE. The
54
quantities were identified from returns for the Inventory of Non-Hazardous Sludges in Ireland
and from the sludge management plans. Table 5.12 shows non-hazardous industrial sludge
production in the South East Region.
Table 5.12:
Non-Hazardous Industrial Sludges
Sludge Type
Animal slaughtering
Food processing
Industrial biological sludges
Industrial chemical sludges
TOTAL
tDS/y
28,898
60,573
638
1,434
91,543
% Fraction
32
66
1
3
100
5.4.2. Comparison with JWMPSE
basis for the years 2002 to 2021. A comparison of this data for industrial waste is given in Table
5.13. No updated figures on non-hazardous industrial sludges are available. The quantities in
Table 5.13 are only of solid industrial waste that is not managed on site by the producer.
Plan
Page 58 of 177
June 2006
Table 5.13:
Comparison of Industrial Waste Arisings Data from 2000 and 2003
Description
Note 1
waste arisings (reported as collected in 2000)
Note 2
waste generation as predicted for 2003
Quantity (t)
81,160
81,600
45,753
The JWMPSE (2002) predicted that industrial waste generation would be 81,600 tpa by 2003, a
variance of 44% when compared to the reported total industrial waste arisings reported for the
region, 2003. Quantities of industrial waste reported as collected decreased by 44% from 2000
to 2003.
Due to the wide variance in both commercial and industrial tonnages reported in 2000 and
2003, it can be assumed that the fractions of both were reported incorrectly by private
operators. In 2000 there was 121,465 t of commercial and industrial waste, which increased to
132,015 t by 2003, representing an overall increase of 9% and an increase of 6% over the 2003
prediction.
5.4.3. Hazardous Component of Industrial Waste
The hazardous component of industrial waste is not quantifiable alone from C1 and TFS
records. It has been included in the overall hazardous waste arisings for the region. Hazardous
waste arisings are discussed in Section 5.12.
5.5.
Litter and Street Cleaning Wastes
All litter and street cleaning waste is landfilled. The total quantity of arisings in the region in
2003 was 8,490 t as shown in Table 5.14. This is a decrease of 419 tonnes on the 2001 figure.
This decrease is attributed to the National Litter Campaign. In general there is no hazardous
fraction in litter and street sweepings. If hazardous matter is identified in the waste it would be
disposed of with household hazardous waste.
Table 5.14:
Total Litter and Street Sweeping Waste Quantities 2003
Litter and street
sweepings (t)
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford City
Waterford County
Wexford
Total
Plan
1,824
1,755
1,339
2,027
1,112
433
8,490
Page 59 of 177
June 2006
5.6.
Mining and Quarrying Waste
The latest edition of Active Quarries and Pits in Ireland was published in 2001. It is estimated
from this data source that waste arisings from mining and quarrying activities were excess of
700,000 tonnes in 2001. This waste is managed on site in tailing ponds etc. This data has not
been updated since the JWMPSE.
5.6.1. Hazardous Component of Mining and Quarrying Waste
There is no available data for the hazardous component of mining and quarrying waste in the
region. It is managed on site or by the operators themselves. If hazardous waste is moved off
site, the volume will be included in C1 or TFS returns.
5.7.
Municipal Sludge Arisings
The inventory of sludge arisings was estimated from returns submitted by the Local Authorities.
6,880 tDS (tonnes dry solids) municipal sludge is generated in the region of which 1,277 tDS is
sludge from the treatment of raw water to a potable standard and 5,603 tDS of sludge is from
wastewater treatment. The quantities of sludge generated per administrative area are listed in
Table 5.15. There has been no significant change in quantities generated since the JWMPSE.
It is anticipated that the volume of sewage sludge for management will increase dramatically
over the next twenty years as each authority upgrades their existing wastewater treatment
infrastructure to comply with the Urban Wastewater Treatment Directive (91/271/EEC)48. Under
the Waste Management Act all local authorities are required to prepare sludge management
plans. The primary function of these plans is to outline management strategies for sludge over
the next twenty years. These plans are considered a subset of the Joint Regional Waste
Management Plan
Table 5.15:
Municipal Sludge Arisings (2003)
County
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford
Wexford
Total
Water Treatment Sludge
(tDS.y-1)
80
386
204
257
350
0
1,277
Sewage Sludge
(tDS.y-1)
912
1,678
1,936
561
516
0
5,603
Water treatment sludge is managed by landfilling or discharging to source. Municipal sewage
sludge is managed using anaerobic digestion, lime stabilisation, composting or long-term
storage prior to landspreading or landfilling. There is no hazardous component to municipal
sludges.
Plan
Page 60 of 177
June 2006
5.8.
Agricultural Waste Arisings
435,180 t of agricultural waste was generated in the South East region in 2003. This is a 37%
decrease on the quantities generated in 2000. According to the NWD 2001 there was a national
decrease in agricultural waste arisings between 1998 and 2001, of 12%.
It is assumed that agricultural slurries and manure’s generated in the South East Region are
those generated during periods for which the animals are housed indoors, and therefore require
management. Manures that are returned by direct releases to land are not included.
The over-wintering or housing period for cattle is assumed to average sixteen to twenty weeks.
For sheep, ewes are assumed to be housed for a maximum of six weeks during the lambing
period. Pigs and poultry in intensive agricultural enterprises (IAEs) are housed all year round
while slurry requiring management from horses is assumed to be from housing thoroughbred
horses indoors at night for 26 weeks of the year.
Numbers of cattle, sheep, poultry and horses are taken as outlined by the most recent
49
agricultural census. Pig numbers for the region were obtained from Summary of Commercial
Units by County, 200350.
Volumes of slurry and litter produced from poultry are taken from estimations made by the
Department of Agriculture, Food and Rural Development and Teagasc51.
Estimations of volumes of these sludges, density and percent dry solids content of these
sludges is shown in Table 5.16.
Statistics for Spent Mushrooms Compost (SMC) were obtained from the Census of Mushroom
Production 200352 which estimated that approximately 42,090 tonnes of compost was used in
the mushroom industry in the South East Region in 2003. Teagasc assumes that the weight of
53
SMC is similar to the weight of incoming fresh compost . At 31.5% dry solids, SMC amounts to
13,260 tonnes dry solids (tDS) per annum in the region. Total sludge generated by the
agricultural sector during the housing period in the region is shown in Table 5.16.
Table 5.16:
Agricultural Sludge Arisings in the Region 2003
Sludge Type
SMC*
Cattle
Sheep
Pigs
Poultry litter
Poultry slurry
Horses
Total
*Spent mushroom compost
Weight
(tonnes/year)
42,090
5,491,600
95,760
496,100
250
3,780
23,710
6,153,290
Dry Weight
(tDS/y)
13,260
378,920
23,940
15,880
150
1,130
1,900
435,180
DS
(%)
31.5
6.9
25
3.2
60
30
8
Density
(t/m³)
0.5
1
1
1
0.4
1
0.65
Note: Compost data for South Tipperary is not available. SMC for South Tipperary is based on estimates from Teagasc
of number of mushroom farms in North and South Tipperary.
All agricultural sludge arisings are managed by landspreading.
Quantities of straw produced from cereal crops in the region are taken from the South East
Waste Management Strategy. It is estimated that 693,577 tonnes of straw is generated per
annum in the region. Straw is used for animal bedding, the manufacture of mushroom compost
or ploughed back into the ground.
Plan
Page 61 of 177
June 2006
5.8.1. Hazardous Fraction of Agricultural Waste
Hazardous fractions such as waste oil, waste batteries and veterinary waste are included in
other sections of this plan. It is not possible within the constraints of the plan to distinguish what
proportion of each fraction arose from the agricultural sector. There is no data available for
hazardous wastes such as sheep dip, pesticides and oily sludges as identified in the National
Hazardous Waste Management Plan, 2001.
5.9.
Ash and Other Incineration Residues
TFS notes were issued for the export of 55 t of ash and incineration residue by Kilkenny County
Council in 2003. This fraction is hazardous. There are no other records of generation of this
waste material.
5.10.
Contaminated Soil
2,834 t of contaminated soil was transported in the region in 2003, under C1 forms and TFS
notes. The quantity of contaminated soil has been included in the total figures for C1 and TFS
movements in Section 5.12. This is the only data available for generation of contaminated soil in
the region in 2003. Data was assessed to avoid double counting between C1 and TFS records.
5.11.
The European Commission has established specific measures, which aim to manage/prevent
specific waste streams. The following waste streams were given priority by the EU:
•
•
•
•
•
packaging waste
healthcare waste
batteries
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB’s)
End of Life Vehicles (ELV’s)
•
•
•
•
Construction and Demolition Waste
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment
(WEEE)
waste oils
waste tyres
Waste arisings of priority waste streams are discussed in the following sections.
5.11.1.
Packaging
Items such as glass bottles, plastic containers, food wrappers, aluminium cans and timber
pallets are all classified as packaging (EPA 2001). The main source of packaging waste is
highlighted in bold in Table 5.17. Smaller amounts of packaging waste are also found in metals
i.e. aluminium cans.
Plan
Page 62 of 177
June 2006
Table 5.17:
Main Source of Packaging Waste Arisings in the South East Region
(2003)
Household
% of Total
Household
fractions(t)
Waste Type
Glass
Paper/Cardboard
Metal
Plastic
Textile
Organic
Other
Total waste
Main Source Packaging
4
22
4
12
4
35
19
100
%
Packaging
5,453
29,992
5,453
16,359
5,453
47,714
25,902
136,326
4
6
3
10
31,355
23%
Commercial
% of Total
Commercial
fractions (t)
7
49
10
3
1
21
9
100
% Packaging
6,038
42,268
8,626
2,588
863
18,115
7,764
86,262
1.0
30
2
8
35,367
41%
The NWD Interim Report 2002, estimates that 0.229 tonnes of municipal packaging waste is
produced per capita. At this rate of generation 97,000 t of packaging waste is estimated. Based
on Table 5.17 a generation note of 202 kgs/capita can be assumed giving a hotel packaging
waste arising of 85,481 t. An estimate of 100,000 t will be assumed for the purposes of the plan
in the absence of reported data.
5.11.2.
The majority of waste permits issued in the region are for land reclamation and only permit the
use of soil and stone. There are 38 sites permitted to accept C&D waste, but the permits state
that the majority are only permitted to accept 5,000 tpa. It is not possible to calculate a figure for
actual C&D recycling in the region from these permits.
Alternatively the latest available figures for national C&D waste generation were reported in the
NWD, 2001. It reported that 3, 651,412 t of C&D was generated. Section 2, Table 2.9 gives
building and construction outputs employment in the construction sector in the South East at
10.1%, using this figure as an indicator of construction activity and construction waste
generation gives 369,000 t/a of C&D in the region in 2001. The period 2002 and 2003 showed
a significant increase in house construction (refer Table 2.10) and it is anticipated that this gave
rise to a higher than average increase in C&D generation. A figure of 500,000 t/a is assumed.
The National Construction and Demolition Waste Council (NCDWC), is a voluntary industry
body set up to promote the reduction, reuse and recycling of C & D waste materials. The
NCDWC in conjunction with the EPA are developing statistics for C&D waste generation,
recovery and disposal nationally. They have encountered difficulties in collating data for 2003
due to either non-returns of data or incomplete data regarding tonnages.
5.11.3.
Hazardous Fraction
In 2003, C1 forms were issued for the transport of 13 t of C&D waste with a hazardous fraction.
Quantities of asbestos contaminated building materials and construction waste were not defined
as hazardous C&D waste for this plan. Tonnages of asbestos contaminated material are
included under the general heading, hazardous waste.
Plan
Page 63 of 177
June 2006
5.11.4.
Healthcare Waste
Healthcare waste is generated from the following sources hospitals, chemists, private clinics,
veterinary/dental/general practices. There are 3,682 beds available at healthcare facilities in the
region. Waste arisings can be divided into two categories domestic waste which is mainly
kitchen and packaging waste and healthcare risk waste, which includes biological, infectious,
chemical, toxic, pharmaceutical, sharps and radioactive waste.
The quantities of hospital waste generated46 in the South East Region are detailed in Table
5.18. The quantities are taken as the amount of waste that was collected under C1 forms. The
majority of healthcare waste notified on the L1 forms is priority waste (hazardous).
Table 5.18:
Healthcare Waste Transported under C1 Forms in the South East in
2003
County
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford City
Waterford County
Wexford
Total
C1 Notes issued for collection of
healthcare waste 2003 (t)
230
215
68
230
62
150
955
The region generated 955 tonnes of healthcare waste in 2003. The majority of this waste is
classified as hazardous. Under a national contact healthcare waste is collected, treated and
disposed of to landfill as a non-hazardous material outside the region.
5.11.5.
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)
In 2003, reported WEEE generation was 673 tonnes. This generation volume is low when
47
compared with estimated generation rates outlined in the EPA Report . The volume of WEEE
predicted to be produced per capita is estimated at between 9 kgs and 18 kgs for the period
2001-2005. Assuming an average generation rate of 13.5 kgs per capita predicted WEEE
generation for the region should be in the range of 5,700 tonnes per annum. An indicative
European value for WEEE arisings throughout the member stated is 20kg per inhabitant/year. A
lower value was calculated by the EPA for Ireland based on a material flows approach, i.e. sales
of items of electrical and electronic equipment.
5.11.6.
Batteries
In 2004, 34t of waste batteries were collected in the region by Atlas Environmental. Returnbatt
collected 40 t.
2004 data was used for quantities of both batteries and waste oil as more accurate data was
available for this year.
Plan
Page 64 of 177
June 2006
5.11.7.
Waste Oil
In 2003, Atlas Oil collected 2,667,683 L waste oil collection in the South East Region. This is
approximately 2,530 t.
Table 5.19:
Waste Oil Collected in the Region in 2003
Area
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford
Wexford
Total
5.11.8.
Quantity Collected (L)
118,200
306,752
308,193
397,306
1,537,232
2,667,683
PCBs
There are no returns for polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) for the region. PCBs are chlorinated
chemical compounds that were once used in transformers and capacitors. The use of PCBs in
new equipment has been banned so the only source of PCBs will be decommissioned
equipment. In 2001 just over 20 tonnes of PCBs were collected in Ireland for export for
disposal. It is estimated that approximately 2 tonnes of PCBs were generated in the region in
2003.
5.11.9.
Tyres
The NWD 2001 estimated that 34,394 tonnes of tyres were generated nationally in 2001. This
equates to 3,715 tonnes of tyres produced in the South East Region. There are no returns for
tyres for the South East Region for 2003.
5.11.10.
End of Life Vehicles (ELV’s)
The NWD 2001 estimated that 126,462 end-of-life vehicles were generated nationally in 2001.
Based on national data, it is estimated that approximately 14,774 end-of-life vehicles were
generated in the South East Region in 2003. A number of waste recovery permits have been
issued by the local authorities for the recovery of ELV’s. There is no data available for tonnages
or number of vehicles recovered at the permitted sites.
5.11.11.
Port Waste
130 t of port waste was accepted at landfills in the region in 2003.
Plan
Page 65 of 177
June 2006
5.12.
Hazardous Wastes
Table 5.20 is a summary of hazardous waste generation in Ireland, 2001.
Table 5.20:
Hazardous Waste Generation in Ireland
National Hazardous Waste Data
Generation of reported hazardous waste
Generation of unreported hazardous waste
Sub-total
2001 (t)
274,687
48,402
323,089
%
85
15
100
Generation of contaminated soil
Total hazardous waste generation
168,579
491,668
34
100
5.12.1.
Data
The export of waste is regulated by local authorities in accordance with the EU Transfrontier
Shipment of Waste (TFS) Regulation58. All waste bound for export must be accompanied by a
TFS note (with certain exceptions). Data was gathered from returns to the local authorities and
from the NWD Interim Report 2003. The EPA report notes that notification of waste exports in
their document for a particular local authority does not necessarily signify that the waste was
generated in that area. Many local authorities are host to hazardous waste transfer stations that
operate on a national basis. The quantities of hazardous waste reported as exported from the
region accompanied by TFS notes are listed in Table 5.21.
Note 1: In accordance with Section 26 of the Waste Management Act 1996, the EPA is required to provide inter alia, for
the identification and assessment of sites at which the disposal of hazardous waste took place. The EPA produced a
National Hazardous Waste Management Plan, within which there is a methodology for local authorities to identify ad
assess such sites.
Table 5.21:
Export of Waste, Notifications processed by Local Authorities in
the South East 2003
Local Authority Area
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford City
Waterford County
Wexford
Total
TFS notes (t)
2,000
162
2,766
744
465
1,034
6,130
TFS notes
hazardous material
(t)
2,000
162
1,494
383
465
1,034
5,536
59
The Waste Management (Movement of Hazardous Waste) Regulations , 1998, sets the
controls required for movement of hazardous waste within the State. The Regulations require
that a consignment note (C1 form), must always accompany all movements.
In 2003, approximately 3,800 consignment notes were issued in the region. A summary of C1
notes issued and reported quantity/volume of hazardous waste is shown Table 5.22.
Plan
Page 66 of 177
June 2006
Table 5.22:
Hazardous Waste Movements permitted by Consignment Notes
issued in the Region 2003
Local Authority
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary.
Waterford City
Waterford County
Wexford
Total***
quantity hazardous
waste (t*)
1,084
3,464
3,568
560
8,646
1,046**
18,367**
*These figures were reported in litres. It was assumed that 1,000 litres was equal to one tonne.
** C1 notes were also issued for 8 shipping containers of white goods.
*** Of this total, 2,028 t have been reported separately in this document, as batteries, contaminated soil and healthcare
waste.
The waste moved under C1 forms is taken for the purposes of this review to be the quantity of
hazardous waste reported as generated in the region 2003.
According to national data as reported in the, National Hazardous Waste Plan Implementation
Committee Report 2004, as shown in Table 5.21, it is assumed that a fraction of hazardous
waste went unreported. The 2004 EPA report estimated that approximately 15% of the total
hazardous waste generated in Ireland goes unreported. Using this statistic, it is estimated that
3,240 t of unreported hazardous waste was generated in the region in 2003.
It is estimated that approximately 21,600 t of hazardous waste was generated in the South East
Region in 2003. This quantity includes all hazardous waste fractions including those reported
separately in this plan, i.e. contaminated soil, batteries, household hazardous waste, WEEE and
healthcare wastes. The total quantity of hazardous wastes that are not reported elsewhere in
this plan is 17,000 t.
All hazardous waste produced within the region is managed elsewhere in the country or
exported. There are no licensed hazardous waste facilities within the region.
5.13.
5.13.1.
Waste Movements
Inter-Regional Waste Movement
Reduced landfill capacities, introduction of landfill quotas, non-acceptance of commercial waste
at some local authority operated landfills, increased gate-fees and the introduction of source
separation of dry recyclables have influenced inter-regional movement of commercial and dry
recyclable waste in particular and some household waste.
Estimated volume of inter-regional waste movement is shown in Table 5.23.
Plan
Page 67 of 177
June 2006
Table 5.23:
Known Volume of Inter Regional Waste Movement
Waste Type
Commercial
Household
Dry Recyclables Note 1
Total
Quantity (Tonnes)
16,629
3,140
13,928
33,697
% of Waste Stream
19.2
2.3
34.5
Note 1 – Volume of dry recyclables shipped directly from the region prior to sorting.
5.13.2.
Exports of Waste
6,130 t of waste was exported from the region in 2003. This does not include certain types of
waste that do not require notifications, such as green list waste being exported for recovery.
There is no overall figure for waste exports. No waste was imported into the region from abroad
in 2003.
5.14.
Deficiencies in Waste Statistics
It is apparent from the waste statistics data gathering undertaken to review this Waste
Management Plan that deficiencies exist among the data sets used. These deficiencies are
summarised hereunder.
5.14.1.
•
•
•
•
The quantities of household waste generated are based on surveys sent to each of the
local authorities.
Every household does not present their waste for collection or is not services by a
collection route. In 2003 this accounted for approximately 25% of households across the
region.
Waste collectors in the region do not deliver all waste collected for management within
the region.
Estimates of total household waste arisings were made based on 1.28 t of waste
produced per household per annum.
5.14.2.
•
•
•
•
Plan
Household Waste
Commercial Waste Arisings including Packaging Waste
Quantities of commercial waste generated are based on surveys sent to each of the local
authorities.
It is not possible to estimate quantities of waste arisings from commercial outlets.
Quantities generated are reported in the plan as waste presented for collection by the
private sector and reported in AER returns.
Commercial waste collectors do not present the total waste collected for management
within the region.
Not all producers of packaging waste have signed up to Repak or produced their own
management plan.
Page 68 of 177
June 2006
5.14.3.
Industrial Waste
Similar to commercial waste with the added uncertainty that many industrial producers manage
their own waste. Generation of industrial waste is presented in this plan as a best estimate.
5.14.4.
Hazardous Waste
The Implementation Committee Report56 notes that a percentage of hazardous waste goes
unreported annually in Ireland. Quantities of hazardous waste arisings in this plan have been
estimated using, C1 returns to the local authorities, TFS returns to the local authorities national
data base and by assumption that a specific percentage of generation went unreported. The
data on hazardous waste is not labelled as household, commercial or industrial.
5.14.5.
Agricultural Waste
The agricultural sector is responsible for managing a significant proportion of their own waste.
Arisings were estimated from a number of sources including, census data, sludge management
plans, animal numbers etc. There is no data on quantities of hazardous waste arisings from the
agricultural sector such as waste oils, batteries, pesticides, veterinary wastes, oily sludges etc.
5.15.
Recommendations on Improved Data Management
The local authorities in the region will address the following issues to improve data collection:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
track waste flows within their functional areas
monitor the quantity and type of waste that is being exported and imported into their
functional area
ensure that new waste facilities have the necessary technology and procedures to
accurately track the source, nature and disposal recovery route for all wastes
the methodology to collect and track data will be continually upgraded throughout the
period of the plan
data will be routinely submitted to the website www.wastepermits.ie to ensure data is
accessible and up to date
waste collection permit holders will quantify and characterise all wastes collected and in
particular, waste collector servicing householders will identify the no. of householders
serviced within each local authority functional area.
Page 69 of 177
June 2006
6. EXISTING WASTE MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS
Waste collection in Ireland is changing rapidly, with private waste companies now playing an
increasingly active role in providing services to both public and private sectors. The waste
collection arrangements in the South East region are detailed in this section.
6.1.
Collection of Household, Commercial and Industrial Waste
The local authorities are only involved in household waste collection, all other waste types are
collected by private contractors.
The share of the household collection market is shown in Table 6.1. A description of the
situation in each administrative area is included in this section. In general very poor data was
supplied for the commercial and industrial sector in terms of segregated collection. Data is
included where available.
Table 6.1:
Collection of Household Waste in the Region as reported in 2003
% of total household numbers serviced by
local authority
private contractor
0
80
11
63
57
25
100
0
83
10
50
36
Carlow
KilkennyNote 1
South Tipperary
Waterford City
Waterford County
Wexford
Figure 6.1:
% of total household
numbers unserviced
20
26
18
0
7
14
Percentage of households serviced by local authority or private
contractor collection and percentage of houses unserviced in 2003
households serviced by the local authority
households serviced by private operators
unserviced households
100%
90%
7
20
26
18
14
10
% of Total Households
80%
70%
25
36
60%
100
50%
40%
80
63
30%
83
57
50
20%
10%
11
0%
Co. Carlow
Plan
Co. Kilkenny
South Tipperary Waterford City
Page 70 of 177
Co. Waterford
Co. Wexford
June 2006
6.1.1. County Carlow
16,720 t of household waste was collected from households by a collection service provider in
2003. Private waste contractors carry out all waste collection in the County. There is no source
separation or segregation of waste prior to collection (single bin system). The largest waste
collector operating in the County is Ray Whelan Ltd. According to waste returns all
householders participate in a waste collection service. However for the purposes of waste
planning, waste collection is assumed to have only 80% coverage.
6.1.2. County Kilkenny
13,697 t of household waste was collected by household collection service providers in Kilkenny
in 2003. Household waste collection is provided by Kilkenny Urban District Council (KUDC) in
their functional area (1, 949 t) and by private contractors (11,748 t) in the County. Both private
contractors and KUDC have implemented a dry recyclable collection (2-bin system). Household
waste is presented for collection in either 80 L, 120 L, 240 L wheelie bins or in clear plastic
bags.
The largest private waste collector operating in the County is Martin Doherty. Other significant
private collector’s of household waste are AES, Rainbow Refuse, Seamus Kelly and Ray
Whelan.
The aforementioned private waste collectors together with KUDC service
approximately 12,800 or 50% of all households in the County. It is estimated that 6,529 or 26%
of households are not participating in a refuse collection service. There are 25,603 households
in the County, there is no data for the remainder of the households.
Kilkenny County Council provides a collection service for hazardous household waste i.e.
Chemcar© collection service. During 2004, the Chemcar© collection service visited the County
on three occasions servicing collection points in Thomastown, Callen, Freshford, Urlingford and
Newrath. There is a receptacle to collect household hazardous waste at Dunmore Recycling
Centre. 10 t of household hazardous waste was collected in Kilkenny County in 2003.
Martin Doherty and AES collect the majority of commercial/industrial waste arisings.
6.1.3. South Tipperary
25,194 t of waste was collected by household collection service providers in South Tipperary in
2003. Both the public and private sectors provide household waste collection services. South
Tipperary County Council, Clonmel, Carrick-on-Suir, Tipperary and Cashel Urban District
Councils are all involved in household waste collection and service approximately 15,000 or
57% of householders. The major private waste contractors operating in the County are Mr.
Binman and Walsh Waste. A two-bin collection service has been implemented on all public and
privately operated collection routes. Private collectors service approximately 6,600 or 25% of
householders. The remaining 4,810 or 18% of householders are assumed not to be participating
in a weekly refuse collection. Household waste is presented for collection in either 240 L
wheelie bins or in, clear plastic bags.
South Tipperary County Council provides a collection service for household hazardous waste
i.e. Chemcar© collection. During 2004, the Chemcar© collection service visited the County on
three occasions servicing Killinall, Tipperary Town, Carrick-on-Suir, Clonmel, Cashel and Cahir.
All commercial and industrial waste is collected by the private sector.
Plan
Page 71 of 177
June 2006
6.1.4. Waterford City
Waterford County Council collects household waste within its functional area. Since 2003, a 3bin collection system has been implemented. 100% of all households are reported to be
participating in the collection service. 13,783 t of waste was collected by the local authority
household collection service.
Private contractors collect all commercial and industrial waste arisings. The prominent private
waste collectors are Onyx, Allinger, Greenstar and Waterford Utilities. A two-bin collection
service is offered to all commercial waste producers.
6.1.5. County Waterford
18,509 t of waste was collected in 2003 by the household service collection providers.
Waterford County Council services 70% of households in the County and collected 12,987 t in
2003. Dungarvan Town Council serves an additional 13 % of households. A private waste
collector collects approximately 10% of households (5,522 t). The remaining 1,300 or 7% of
households are assumed not to be participating in a refuse collection service or do not have a
service available to them. Waterford County Council has implemented a three-bin collection
system and the private waste contractors are operating either a single or 2-bin collection
system. Residual, dry recyclables and organic wastes are collected in wheelie bins with dry
recyclables also being presented for collection in clear plastic bags.
All commercial and industrial waste is collected by private contractors namely, Onyx, Greenstar,
O’Connell’s with O’Donnelly and Samshire providing a dry collection service only.
Currently Waterford County Council provides for the collection of household hazardous waste at
Tramore landfill and Lismore Recycling Centre. It is anticipated that the recycling centre
operated at Dungarvan landfill will provide for the collection of household hazardous waste in
the near future.
6.1.6. County Wexford
35,569 t of waste was collected by the household collection service providers in Wexford in
2003. Both the public and private sectors collect household waste. All household waste
collected by Wexford County Council is collected in 240 L, 140 L and 80 L wheelie bins. The
private waste collector’s use either a 240 litre wheelie bin or plastic bags. Wexford County
Council and Wexford Borough Council, together, service approximately 19,000 or 50% of
households (20,215 t in 2003) which are participating in a refuse collection service. Between
2002 and 2004, Wexford County Council and Wexford Borough Council rolled out a kerb-side
dry recyclable collection to all customers.
Wexford County Council has a pilot weight based project in New Ross to investigate the viability
of a ‘pay by weight’ system and how it compares with the ‘pay by volume’ system with its three
different sized bins.
All 19,000 Wexford County Council refuse collection customers will change from dry-recyclable
collection in bags to a wheelie bin collection early in 2006. 2,500 households have already
changed to dry recyclable wheelie bin collection with no increase in contamination levels of the
material.
Plan
Page 72 of 177
June 2006
Approximately 13,700 or 36% of the remaining households are serviced by the private sector.
The private sector collected 15,354 t of household waste through its household collection
services in 2003. The two most prominent waste operators are Greenstar serving the north of
the County and SEWMAR Ltd. (Des Mernagh) who serves the south of the County. It is
estimated that approximately 5,300 or 14% of households in the County do not participate in a
refuse collection service. Since 2004, roll out of segregated collection by private contractors as
begun, either with a 2 bin system or a bin and bag system.
Commercial and industrial waste collection is carried out by the private sector, all waste
collected by the private sector is by separate collection.
6.2.
Collection for Recovery
The extent of collection for recovery of the individual waste fractions in the region (2003) is
described overleaf.
Table 6.2:
Collection of Individual Waste Fractions in the Region 2003
Individual Waste
Fraction Collection
Glass
Paper and cardboard
Drink cans
Other metals
Plastic
Farm plastic
Batteries
Textiles
Waste Oil
UBCs
Infrastructure Provider South East Region
Local Authority
3
3
3
3
3
Private Operator
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6.2.1. Glass
Glass is collected throughout the region from bring banks located at shopping centres, filling
stations, dedicated bring centres and recycling centres. The main contractors are Rehab
Recycling Partnership and South East Recycling Glass Collection. Under glass management
programmes some commercial outlets such as public houses and restaurants, etc, have their
glass collected privately.
The following companies collect commercial and industrial recyclable waste glass:
•
•
•
Ray Whelan
Rehab
Inland Recycling
•
•
•
Ipodec
Waterford Utility Services
Wexford Plant Hire (for South East Recycling)
The main operator of glass recycling in Ireland is Rehab Recycling Partnership.
Plan
Page 73 of 177
June 2006
Wexford County Council operates a scheme called the ‘Life Recycling Network’ for glass
bottles, jars and drink cans. This scheme is operated at 106 of the bring sites in the county.
Three companies in Ireland reprocess container glass waste. One company creates glass fibre
products while the other two companies manufacture glass containers. Other potential outlets
for glass include industrial abrasives; glass wool products; construction aggregate; filtration
media; landscaping and portland cement.
6.2.2. Paper and Cardboard
Paper and cardboard is collected at over twenty locations throughout the region. It is
transported to Central Waste Limited (part of the Smurfit Group) in Dublin. Recycle 2000, a
voluntary group based near Wexford town collects waste newspapers, mainly from County
Wexford (25 bring sites) and shreds it for animal bedding. They collected 674 t in 2004.
Partnerships between local authorities and waste management/recovery companies organise
collections of newsprint in Ireland. Paper and cardboard is collected from households through
kerbside collection schemes. Paper and cardboard are accepted at recycling centres throughout
the region. Paper is one of the largest waste streams of municipal solid waste. It is estimated
that 30 companies are involved in the waste paper recovery industry in Ireland.
Commercial cardboard is banned by several local authorities from their landfills. There are a few
kerbside collection schemes being run by a number of local authorities for commercial
cardboard. There was one paper mill in Ireland, which accepted cardboard, however this
ceased to accept cardboard in mid 2005. The 30 companies involved in the recovery of the
cardboard supply this mill or mills abroad mainly in the UK, Spain and the Far East.
The collection rate of paper and cardboard in the UK has risen in the last four years but the
proportion of recovered fibre in the paper and board consumed has remained the same. This is
due to the increase in waste being exported from the UK rather than using UK mills.
New potential outlets for paper include insulation, moulded fibre packaging, building board and
furniture.
6.2.3. Drink Cans
Drink cans are collected throughout the region at bring banks and by the household kerbside
collection operated by the local authorities and private operators. The main operators for can
recycling within the region are Rehab Recycling Partnership, South East Recycling and the Life
Recycling Network. After collection, the cans are separated (into aluminium and steel), baled
and exported to Alcan in the UK, for reprocessing.
Aluminium cans are totally recyclable, whereas steel cans must be processed to remove the tin
content. Rusting, within the collection bins, further increases the cost of recycling steel cans.
The economic value of steel cans is very low as compared with aluminium cans.
6.2.4. Other Metals
Scrap metal is collected by private contractors and is transferred to metal recycling companies
around the country.
Plan
Page 74 of 177
June 2006
6.2.5. Plastic
The principal difficulty for the collection of plastics is the collection of economic quantities (by
weight) of the material.
The EPA has reported that there are currently 22 companies in Ireland involved in the plastic
recovery industry. 19 of these companies collect plastic, the remainder are involved in the
reprocessing of the plastic. The majority of waste plastic however is exported to the UK, the Far
East and mainland Europe.
The average mechanical (i.e. separation) recycling rate for plastics in the EU is 11.3%, the
average energy recovery rate is 19.25%. The types of plastics recovered include: PET, LDPE,
HDPE, PP, PVC, PS Hips, laminated plastics etc.
According to EU targets, 85% of end-of-life vehicles (ELV) have to be reused or recovered by
2006. To achieve this target there will have to be an increase in the ELV-derived plastics
recovered.
Some potential new outlets for plastics include horticulture; building; agriculture; road safety;
plumbing and drainage etc.
6.2.6. Farm Plastic
The Irish Farm Film producers group offers a free collection of silage bags, silage cover sheets
and baled stretchwrap. The minimum quantity of plastic film that will be collected is 200kgs.
Different coloured polythenes must be separated.
6.2.7. Waste Oil
Atlas Oil is the only company that operates a waste oil collection service in the region. Waste
oil is collected from garages, one recycling centre and from various industries throughout the
region. Waste oil collected is refined at a facility in Portlaoise.
6.2.8. Batteries
Atlas Environmental and Returnabatt collect batteries in the South East Region. Battery banks
are located throughout the region, particularly in national schools. There are battery receptacles
at a number of local authority recycling centres. The Chemcar© collects waste batteries. The
batteries are exported to the UK and Europe for recycling.
The European Commission issued a proposed Directive in November 2003 ref, with a proposed
target, that 160g of portable batteries per person per year are to be recovered for recycling
within the next four years. It is also proposed that industrial and automotive batteries are to be
prevented from going to landfill or incinerators. It recommends that portable batteries would be
collected from kerbside collection points or from retailers or public buildings. 160 g of batteries
per person in the South East is 66 t. 74 t was collected in 2003.
Plan
Page 75 of 177
June 2006
6.2.9. Textiles
Door-to-door collection schemes are in place but the collection of textiles is mainly through bring
banks in the region and second hand stores. The bring banks are supplied by both local
authorities and charities. The textile waste recovery industry is dominated by five main
companies in the Republic of Ireland. The main textile waste recovery companies do not
accept waste carpets, therefore there is no known recovery of carpets in Ireland. Some potential
new outlets for textiles include production of yarn and fleece; production of synthetic materials;
carpet products; textile hardboards.
6.2.10.
Wood
Green waste is accepted for recovery at a number of recycling centres throughout the region.
Commercial wood recovery is handled by private operators. 30 companies are involved in the
wood recovery industry in Ireland. Some potential new outlets for wood include, wood-fibreplastic products; pulp and paper manufacture.
6.2.11.
Used Beverage Cartons (UBC)
UBC’s are accepted for recovery at a number of recycling centres in the region. UBCs are
composed of fibre, polyethylene and sometimes aluminium. They are generally used for
packaging milk, fruit juices, etc. The domestic waste stream produces the majority of UBCs. It
is believed in Ireland that the majority of UBCs go to landfill.
In Europe, 37% of UBCs are recovered; 20% are sent for mechanical recycling and the other
17% are used for energy recovery. Some potential new outlets for UBCs include: new cartons,
paper based products; heat recovery; thermoformed products and building material.
6.3.
Waste Management Infrastructure
Both the public and private sectors are involved in the provision of waste management
infrastructure in the region. This infrastructure consists of:
•
•
•
•
•
•
bring centres
recycling centres
waste transfer stations (WTSs)
material recovery facilities (MRFs)
biological waste treatment facilities
landfills
There is one site with a licence to remediate on-site soil but it is not licensed to accept any
waste inputs.
Figure 6.2 is a location map of existing waste management infrastructure in the region.
A list of all facilities in the Region with an EPA licence (as of March 2005) is in Appendix 6.1.
Plan
Page 76 of 177
June 2006
6.3.1. Bring Centres
All bring centres in the region provide for the collection of clear, brown and green glass. The
number of sites provided by each Local Authority is shown in Table 6.3.
Table 6.3:
Bring Centres in the South East Region 2004
Local Authority
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford City
Waterford County
Wexford
Total
No. of Bring
Centres
44
44
73
23
43
124
351
On average there is one bring centre per 400 households or one bring centre per 1,200 persons
approximately.
6.3.2. Recycling Centres
At present there are 11 recycling centres in the region, they are serviced by the public sector.
There were 12 centres in 2003, site is being relocated. Hewittstown Recycling Centre in
Wexford is due to open in 2005.
Plan
Page 77 of 177
June 2006
STCC-CR_Figure 6.2_Existing Waste Management Infrastructure_Rev B
’
Hacketstown
.
.
Carlow
.
.
Haroldstown WTS
WTS
Haroldstown
Powerstown LF
LF
Powerstown
–
–
Key Map
&
&
&
Urlingford
.
.
Muinebeag
Dunmore LF
LF
Dunmore
.
.
&
&
&
Kilkenny
.
.
Gorey
.
.
Bunclody
.
.
Borris
.
.
Donohill LF
LF
Donohill
&
&
&
Cashel
Enniscorthy
.
.
.
.
Tipperary
.
.
Fethard
.
.
New Ross
Caher
.
.
Mullinavat
Clonmel
.
.
Killurin LF
LF
Killurin
.
.
&
&
&
.
.
Carrick-on-Suir
.
.
Wexford
.
.
–
– Centre WTS
South East
East Recycling
Recycling Centre
WTS
South
Waterford Gasworks
Gasworks Soil
Soil Renedation
Renedation
Waterford
!
!
–
(
BTF
–.
(BTF
.(
&
&
–
ONXY WTS
WTS
ONXY
– &
Kilbarry LF
LF
Kilbarry
Waterford Utility
Utility Services
Services WTS
WTS
Waterford
Tramore
.
.
&
&
Tramore LF
LF
Tramore
&
Lismore
.
.
Tallow
.
.
0
10
.
.
Dungarvan
Ardmore
.
.
.
.
Fethard
.
.
Dunmore East
.
.
Map Legend
(
(
Dungarvan MRF
MRF
Dungarvan
(
20
kilometres
Rosslare Harbour
Waterford
(
(
(
&
&
&
(
(
(
!
!
!
Biological Treatment Facility (BTF)
Landfill (LF)
Materials Recovery Facility (MRF)
Soil Remediation Facillity
–
–Waste Transfer Station (WTS)
Existing Waste Management Infrastructure (Waste Permitted Sites Not Shown)
Figure 6.2
Table 6.4:
Recycling Centres in the South East Region 2004
Local Authority
Recycling Centre
Carlow
Kernanstown
Powerstown Landfill
Haraldstown
Dunmore
Legaun
Kilbarry
Tramore Landfill
Lismore
Dungarvan Landfill
Killurin Landfill
Rosbercon
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford City
Waterford County
Wexford
These facilities provide for the collection of recyclable and household hazardous waste. The
range of materials collected at each facility shown in Table 6.5.
Plan
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Kilbarry
Lismore
3
3
3
3
Tramore
3
3 3
Page 79 of 177
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Rosbercon
3
3
3
Killurin
3
3
Dungarvan
3
Legaun
3
Dunmore
Household Batteries
Beverage Cans
Beverage Cartons
Cardboard boxes
Food Cans
Glass bottles/jars
Newspapers
Plastic Milk Bottles
Plastic Mineral Bottles
Scrap Metal
Textiles
Waste Oil
Green Waste
Household hazardous
Haroldstown
Materials Collected
Powerstown
Waste Fractions accepted at Recycling Centres in the South East
Region 2004
Kernanstown
Table 6.5:
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
June 2006
6.3.3. Transfer Stations
Both the public and private sectors operate waste transfer stations in the region. Four transfer
stations are operated under waste licences issued by the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA). There are a number of smaller facilities operating under a waste permit.
Waste Transfer Stations Operating with a Waste Licence
Carlow County Council operates Haroldstown. WTS private transfer stations are operated by
Waterford Utility Services (Waste Disposal) Ltd., South East Recycling Co. Ltd. and Onyx Ltd.
A description of the types and quantities of waste handled at these facilities is given in Table
6.6.
Table 6.6:
Waste Transfer Stations operating with a Waste Licence in the
South East Region 2005
Facility Name
Waste
Licence
Number
Material Handled
Licensed tonnage
Waterford
County Council
Dungarvan Waste
Transfer Station
32-2
municipal
household hazardous
garden waste
10,000
400
1,120
Carlow County
Council
Haroldstown WTS,
Tullow, Co. Carlow
139-1
Waterford Utility
Services, Ltd
Waterford Utility
Services WTS,
Waterford City
116-1
municipal
commercial
for recovery
municipal
C&D
850
300
total 1,150
9,500
4,000
non-hazardous solids
total
1,500
15,000
existing proposed
1,500
5,000
6800
3,500
5000
Operator
South East
Recycling Co.
Ltd.
South East
Recycling Centre,
Wexford Town
111-1*
Onyx Ireland
Ltd.
Onyx Ireland Ltd.
WTS, Waterford
City
177-1
PD
household recyclables
commercial
C&D
industrial nonhazardous
domestic
total
household
commercial
C&D
industrial nonhazardous
total
3,500
4200
11000
13,500
27000
4,200
12,000
800
8,000
25,000
* Waste Licence 111-1 was granted in January 2001. The licence states that 13,500 tpa is the
maximum allowable throughput for the facility until proposed infrastructure is installed. Upon
completion of proposed infrastructure the allowable tonnage will be increased to 27,000 tpa.
Plan
Page 80 of 177
June 2006
Haroldstown Transfer Station
Haroldstown Transfer Station, Tullow, Co. Carlow is operated by Carlow County Council. The
site is licensed by the EPA, WL 139-1. A total of 1,150 tpa of domestic and commercial waste is
licensed for acceptance at this facility for subsequent recovery and disposal off-site. There are
two licensed activities:
•
•
compaction of waste deposited in a hopper unit and transfer from the hopper to an
enclosed container for removal off-site
temporary storage of non-recoverable waste prior to removal off-site
The following wastes may be accepted:
•
•
•
•
•
waste oils
beverage cans
white goods
glass
metals
Waterford Utility Services, WTS
Waterford Utility Services, WTS is operated by Waterford Utility Services Ltd. The site is
licensed by the EPA, WL 116-1. A total of 15,000 tpa of municipal waste, non-hazardous
industrial solids and C&D may be accepted at the facility for blending and mixing (bulking up)
and temporary storage prior to removal off-site.
The following wastes may be accepted:
•
•
•
metals or metal compounds
other inorganic materials
organic substances (not used as solvents)
South East Recycling Centre
South East Recycling Centre is operated by Ormond Waste. They took over South East
Recycling Co. Ltd in mid 2004. The site is licensed by the EPA, WL 111-1. A total of 27,000 tpa
may be accepted at the facility once the proposed infrastructure has been developed.
Licensed activities include:
•
•
handling of skip waste and proposed compaction of skip waste prior to removal off-site
temporary storage of waste prior to removal off-site
The following wastes may be accepted for handling on site:
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
wood
plastic
steel and C&D from commercial and industrial skip waste
aluminium cans
glass
Page 81 of 177
June 2006
Waste Transfer Station, Onyx
Onyx Ireland Ltd (IPODEC Ireland) has received a proposed decision (PD) from the EPA in
respect of a waste licence application (177-1). The proposed location of the facility is Waterford
City. The PD states that 25,000 tpa can be accepted for sorting for transfer. Recyclable wastes
will be picked out and stockpiled for transfer. Non-recoverable waste will be bulk loaded for
transfer off-site. Onyx Ireland Ltd. has applied for a review of the PD (177-2).
Dungarvan Waste Disposal Site and Kilbarry Landfill in Waterford City are licensed to accept
scrap metals, white goods etc at their metal recovery areas (1,000 and 2,000 tpa respectively).
Waste Transfer Stations Operating with a Waste Permit
In addition to the above facilities there are a number of transfer stations operated by the private
sector across the Region under waste permits. A privately operated transfer station under a
waste permit is permitted to handle a maximum of 5,000 tonnes per annum of waste for
disposal. There is no tonnage limit on materials that are handled for recycling/recovery at these
transfer stations. Table 6.7 outlines private transfer stations operating under waste permits.
Plan
Page 82 of 177
June 2006
Table 6.7:
Private Waste Transfer Stations operating under Waste Permits in the South East Region
Operator
Facility Name
and Location
Waste
Permit No.
O’Meara Waste
Disposal Ltd*
Suir Island,
Clonmel
WP/1/02
recyclables
C&D
MSW
3,480
Clonmel Waste
Disposal
WTS & wood
burner,
Lawlesstown,
Clonmel
WP/04/03
scrap metal, white goods,
C&D, timber, glass wool,
paper
&
cardboard,
mixed municipal
3,188
Walsh
Waste
Management
O’Neil St.
Clonmel
WP/3/03
Recyclables, packaging,
oils and fats and wood
pallets
-
Ned Morris
WTS & wood
burner, Crohane
Lwr, Killenaule,
Thurles
Dangan,
Co.
Kilkenny
Hebron
Industrial
Estate, Kilkenny
Wexford
WP/5/03
Jimmy Murphy
OCS
One
Complete
Solution Ltd.
Goff Recycling
Material Handled
Permitted
Tonnage
Processes
Recycling and reclamation of metals, C&D and glass
blending
bulking
repackaging
temporary storage
transfer
Recycling and reclamation of metal, metal
compounds and inorganic materials (C&D and
glass).
Fluidised bed wood burner, used to generate energy.
Recovery of wood, paper, cardboard and other paper
products, recovery of metals from waste, recovery of
C&D and glass, storage of waste prior to transfer
-
WP12/2003
Wood chip
-
Storage of waste wood chip
WP13/2003
Sanitary waste
-
Storage of sanitary waste
WP/04/12
Commercial recovery
20,000
Recovery operations
T.B.D. = Information not available at time of writing.
There are no permitted waste transfer stations in Kilkenny
*At time of writing, Mr. Binman had applied for a waste permit for this site. It is expected that the quantities will remain the same.
** This facility is moving to a new location and is expected to be a larger facility with increased tonnages in the new permit.
Plan
Page 83 of 177
June 2006
6.3.4. Materials Recovery Facilities
Waterford County Council operates a Materials Recovery Facility (MRF) in Dungarvan. This
facility operates under Waste Licence 189-1 and is licensed to accept 24,000 tpa of recyclable
material. Materials accepted at this facility include non-hazardous household, commercial and
industrial dry recyclables i.e. paper, cardboard, natural and man-made fibres, glass, plastics,
ferrous and non-ferrous metal. The non-hazardous dry recyclables are collected from
households and businesses and are brought to the facility for segregation, sorting and
packaging prior to onward recovery elsewhere.
This facility was commissioned in late 2004. The MRF has capacity to handle all recyclable
material collected by local authorities in the region.
MRF’s Operating with a Waste Permit
There are a number of privately operated MRFs in the region. These facilities all operate under
waste permits. Summary details of these facilities are outlined in Table 6.8.
Plan
Page 84 of 177
June 2006
Table 6.8:
Material Recovery Facilities operating under a Waste Permit in the South East Region
Facility Name and
location
Waste
Permit No.
Materials
handled
WMWP12/05
Dry recyclables
WP/24/03
recyclables,
packaging
WP/10/04
--
Recycling or reclamation of inorganic materials
WP/4/02
Inorganic
materials
ELV’s
--
Car dismantling, waste recovery
WP/30/03
ELV’s
--
Car dismantling, waste recovery
Richard
Nugent
Red City, Fethard,
South Tipperary
Mount
Bruis,
Tipperary
Convent Garden,
Clogheen
Lismore, Co.
Waterford
WP/04/03
ELV’s
--
Automobile recovery
Maurice
Lenihan
Kilmacthomas, Co.
Waterford
WP/05/04
ELV’s
--
Automobile recovery
Cara
Waste
Management
Tramore, Co.
Waterford
WP/12/04
Dry recyclables
--
--
Operator
Clearpoint
Recycling
Phelan & Ryan
Trading
Evan Delaney
Michael Bailey
James Wyse
Plan
Ballylynch
Carrick-on-Suir,
Co. Tipperary
Millriver
Business
Park, Carrick on Suir,
South Tipperary
Tonnage
50,000
720
Page 85 of 177
Processes
Recovery of wood, paper, cardboard and other paper
products, plastics recovery of metals from waste,
recovery of textiles, storage of waste prior to transfer.
Recovery of plastics, cardboard and other paper
products, recovery of inorganic materials and storage
of waste on site prior to transfer off site.
June 2006
Operator
Facility Name
location
Gerry Dunne
Leggettsrath, Kilkenny
WMP/12/2002
non
hazardous
domestic, commercial
and
industrial
recyclable material
inert C&D
no permit limit
given
sorting and
materials
storage
of
recyclable
AES,
Hebron Road,
Kilkenny City
WMP/21/2002
no permit limit
given
sorting and storage
materials and skips
of
recyclable
Doheny,
Wheelie Bins
Castlehinch,
Kilkenny
WMP/01/2002
no permit limit
given
sorting and
materials
of
recyclable
Kilkenny
Recycling Ltd.
Kilkenny
Recycling Ltd.
James
Kennedy
Dunmore West,
Kilkenny
Hebron
Industrial
Estate, Kilkenny
Natural Power Supply,
Pottlerath, Kilmanagh
&
Kilballykeefe,
Kilkenny
Clara, co. Kilkenny
Lilkeasy, Hugginstown,
Co. Kilkenny
Unit
17,
Gorey
Business Park, Gorey,
Co. Wexford
WMP03/2001
non hazardous MSW
and
industrial
recyclable material
inert C&D
non
hazardous
domestic, commercial
and
industrial
recyclable material
inert C&D
--
WMP04/2001
Clara Cars
Philip Mc Bride
Specialised
Metals
Recycle 2000
and
Wexford
Enterprise
Centre, Wexford
Waste Permit
No.
Materials handled
Tonnage
Processes
storage
--
Waste recovery activities
--
--
Waste recovery activities
WMP/18/2003
Brewery waste
--
Storage of brewery waste and recovery of
brewery waste on willow plantation
WP02/2003
WMP01/2004
ELV’s
ELV’s
--
Automobile recycling
Dismantling of vehicles
WP/03/01
Metals,
plastics
WP/98/0001
paper
WEEE,
1000m3
1,000
Recovery of metal compounds from
catalytic converters, recovery of discarded
WEEE, recovery of metals from WEEE
and recovery of plastics
Recycling of paper into paper products
T.B.D. = Information not available at time of writing.
Plan
Page 86 of 177
June 2006
6.3.5. Biological Waste Treatment Facilities
Waterford City Council operates a biological waste treatment facility at Six Cross Road,
Waterford City. This facility is designed to treat the organic fraction of household and
commercial waste. Currently, this facility is treating approximately 1,500 tonnes per annum, the
maximum throughput capacity of this facility is 28,000 tonnes per annum.
The biological waste treatment facility has the capacity to treat all organic waste collected in the
region by the local authorities.
Biological Treatment Facilities Operating with a Waste Permit
Private sector capacity within the region to provide biowaste treatment is outlined in Table 6.9.
All privately operated biological waste treatment facilities in the region are operated under waste
permits.
Plan
Page 87 of 177
June 2006
Table 6.9:
Biological Waste Treatment Facilities operated under a Waste Permit 2003
Waste
Permit/Waste
Licence No.
WP103
Operator
Facility Name
and location
CTO,
Greenclean
Bennekerry,
Co. Carlow
CTO,
Greenclean
Grange,
Tullow,
Carlow
Patrick
O'Toole
Ballintrane,
Fenagh, Co.
Carlow
WP02/04
Miltown
Composting
Systems
Fethard,
South
Tipperary
WP/28/03
O’D
Recycling
Composting
Facility,
Ballypatrick,
Co. Tipp
WM/WP/06/03
Plan
WP02/03
Co.
Materials handled
Tonnage
Sludges, food waste,
wastes
from
spirits
distillation, paper and
cardboard, edible oils and
fats.
wastes
from
spirits
fats.
wastes
from
spirits
fats, garden waste, wood,
wooden packaging, dairy
industry wastes, wastes
from
baking
and
confectionary.
Sludges, green waste,
separately collected
biowaste
Processes
5,000
Aerobic composting
The quantity of waste and compost, added
together on-site shall not exceed 1,000 cubic
metres at any time.
5,000
Aerobic composting
The quantity of waste and compost, added
together on-site shall not exceed 1,000 cubic
metres at any time.
1,000m3
In-vessel tunnel composting facility
Recovery of waste
Recycling or reclamation of organic substances
The treatment of any waste on lands with a
consequential benefit for an agricultural or
economic activity.
6,700
Composting of organic materials that do not
contain animal by-products
Treatment of any waste on land with benefit for
agriculture
Storage of biowaste prior to treatment on site
Industrial composting using a controlled aerated
static pile system with temperature feedback
control
sludges
plant tissue waste
food wastes
kitchen waste
green waste
Page 88 of 177
June 2006
Operator
Facility Name
and location
Vicky
Heslop
Moalsin
Compost
Ltd.
Camphill
Community
Ballymacarbry,
Co. Waterford
Cappoquin,
Co. Waterford
Patrick
Berridge,
Waddock
Composting
Ltd.
Ballytobin,
Callan,
Kilkenny
Ballyshannon
Farms,
Admastown,
Co. Wexford
Waddock, Co.
Carlow
Waste
Permit/Waste
Licence No.
WP06/02
WP05/2004
(A)
Materials handled
Tonnage
Processes
organic waste
2,500 m3
biological treatment
sludges
12,000
biological treatment
5000
anaerobic digestion
WMP/05/2000
WP-02-001
Agricultural waste, grease
trap
waste
and
commercial food waste
300 t
digestor
anaerobic digestor
WP 11/04
Organic Waste
5,000
Biological treatment
T.B.D. = Information not available at time of writing
WP = Waste permit
Not all of the facilities indicated in Table 6.9 have been developed to date (the two CTO systems are not yet up and running).
According to the Regulations the amount of compost and organic waste on site at any one time cannot exceed 1,000m3 at a waste permitted facility.
For a number of facilities this was the only information available in terms of annual throughput.
Plan
Page 89 of 177
June 2006
6.3.6. Landfill Facilities
There are six landfill facilities within the South East Region. Since 2002, waste licences for
Dunmore (Kilkenny), Donohill (South Tipperary), Killurin (Wexford) and Powerstown (Carlow)
landfills were reviewed. The current status of each landfill is detailed in Table 6.10. The
information on existing landfills was sourced from each of the EPA waste licences and from the
AER returns 2003. A shown in Table 6.10 there are currently 6 operational landfills in the region.
A waste licence has been issued by the EPA for Holmestown landfill in Wexford. Details of this
landfill and the proposed Hardbog (South Tipperary) landfill are included in Section 6.4.
Landfill gate fees within the Region range from € 90 - €160 (does not include the landfill levy).
Plan
Page 90 of 177
June 2006
Table 6.10:
Existing Landfills in the Region (2004)
WL no.
Licensed
waste
input for
disposal
Powerstown
Landfill Site,
Co. Carlow
25-2
Dunmore
Landfill, Co.
Kilkenny
30-2
Facility
name
Input
2003
(t)
Capacity
remaining
Time
remaining
(years)
28,500
28,000
(25-1)
40,000
40,000
17,259
110,000
Note 1 (t)
Materials Handled
tpa
Processes
1.5
household
commercial
sewage sludge
industrial non-hazardous
C&D
19,200
6,250
1,250
780
disposal of non-hazardous waste
temporary storage of leachate
temporary storage scrap metal
material removal for off-site recycling
<3
household
commercial
20,995
14,000
sewage sludge
1,000
temporary storage scrap metal, cans and
inorganic materials prior to removal off-site for
recycling
industrial non-hazardous
C&D
green waste
Donohill
Landfill,
South
Tipperary
74-2
40,000
30,000
52,500
1.5
5,000
1,000
1,500
household
commercial
sewage sludge
30,000
4,000
500
industrial
sludge
non-hazardous
1,000
industrial
waste
non-hazardous
C&D
Plan
1,000
Page 91 of 177
recovery of C&D for daily cover
use of treated sewage sludge and compost as
soil conditioner for restorative capping
temporary storage scrap metal, white goods
prior to removal off-site for recycling
3,500
1,000
June 2006
Facility name
WL no.
Kilbarry
Landfill,
Waterford City
18-Jan
Tramore
Waste
Disposal Site,
Co. Waterford
Licensed
waste
input for
disposal
68,000
Input
2003 (t)
Capacity
remaining
Note 1 (t)
Time
remaining
(years)
13,000
200,000
2
Note 1
Closed in
2005
75-1
(75-2
licence
under
review)
15,000
15,000
11,000
Note 1 (t)
<1
Materials Handled
tpa
Processes
household
17,000
12,500
2,500
commercial
sewage sludge
industrial
sludge
non-hazardous
7,500
industrial
waste
non-hazardous
temporary storage glass and household
hazardous material prior to removal off site
for recycling
28,500
C&D
2,000
recycling centre
3,000
metal recovery
2,000
8,400
3,000
600
temporary storage of dry recyclables at
recycling centre
3,000
35,500
10,000
household
commercial
Closed in
2005
industrial
waste
non-hazardous
C&D
temporary storage metal, including white
goods and abandoned cars prior to removal
off-site for recycling
temporary storage paper and metal cans
Killurin
Landfill, Co.
Note 3
Wexford
16-2
68,000 of
which
22,000 is
for
restoration
works
36,800
50,000
Note 1 (t)
1.25 (plus
emergency
capacity)
household
commercial
2,500
temporary storage of scrap metal, metal
cans, white goods prior to removal off-site
for recycling
22,000
temporary storage of paper, cardboard,
wood, Christmas trees, and waste oils at
the recycling centre prior to removal off-site
for recycling
recycling centre
material
works
for
restoration
Note 1 Capacity of new extension due for completion in May 2006
Note 2 Capacity remaining from end of 2003
Note 3 Killurin landfill closed in March 2005 but has emergency capacity for 6,000 t in 2006.
Plan
Page 92 of 177
June 2006
6.3.7. Soil Remediation Facilities
There is one EPA licence in the region termed as a soil remediation facility. Soil remediation
will not take place on site, it will be exported abroad for treatment.
Waterford Gasworks
Bord Gais obtained a waste licence (190-1) in July 2004 for the sole purpose of remediating and
clearing the site of the former gasworks in Waterford City for redevelopment. The following
activities are licensed:
•
•
•
•
•
recovery of 18,000 t of C&D for re-use on site
recovery of 10,000 t soil for re-use on site
export of 32,000 t of contaminated soil for remediation
discharge of 15,000m3 of groundwater to sewer
removal of underground tar tanks and gasholder basins off site
This facility will not accept any waste inputs and will operate for the period of one year to enable
clearance of the site.
6.3.8. Closed Waste Management Facilities
At the end of 1998, there were 264 landfills reported as closed nationwide, 35 of which are
located within the region. Since the publication of JWMPSE (2002), Dungarvan landfill has
closed.
South Tipperary and Kilkenny County Councils are listed as two of the 8 local authorities that
have carried out Section 26Note 1 assessments of hazardous waste disposal sites in their area.
Kilkenny County Council has identified 28 sites and South Tipperary County Council has
identified 15 sites. Kilkenny County Council has conducted risk assessments on 3 sites to date.
Table 6.11:
Summary of Closed Landfill Sites (2004)
Local Authority
Carlow
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford County
Wexford
Total
No. of Closed Landfills
3
4
3
4
22
36
The National Hazardous Waste Management Plan Implementation Committee – Annual
Report56 was submitted to the Department of Environment, Heritage and Local Government in
August 2004. This report presented an update on the progress of implementing the National
Hazardous Waste Management Plan 2001. It identifies hazardous waste generation on a
national level. The report identified hazardous waste arisings in Ireland as belonging to one of
two groups:
•
•
Plan
“reported” hazardous waste quantities which are taken directly from reported hazardous
waste arisings i.e. C1 consignment forms
“unreported“ is the fraction of the total not recorded as managed by an authorised
contractor. It is an estimated figure based on a range of methodologies (used by the
implementation committee).
Page 93 of 177
June 2006
The Minister of the Environment, Heritage and Local Government in this policy direction of the –
May 2005 and subsequent communication of the Environmental Protection Agency, has
requested that all local authorities commence the compilation of a register of former landfill sites
(Section 26 register) and commence a risk assessment to determine their environmental impact.
The South East Region has commenced this process (July 2005).
6.3.9. Other Waste Permitted Sites
In total there are 143 other sites (excluding those discussed previously, WTSs, MRFs and
biological treatment facilities) with waste permits in the region. These include sites, which are
permitted to accept:
•
•
•
construction and demolition waste
soil and stones (for land reclamation)
other
o other non-hazardous sanitary waste
o dredged material
o sawdust for energy production
There are an additional 11 sites for which the waste accepted is not specified.
Table 6.12:
Number of Waste Permitted Facilities in the South East Region 2004
Facility Description
waste transfer stations
material recovery facilities
biological treatment facilities
construction and demolition waste
land reclamation
not specified
Total
6.4.
Number of Sites
13
21
6
30
58
15
143
Proposed Waste Management Facilities for the South East Region
The following is a summary of proposed facilities for the region. The information is based solely
on applications that are currently lodged with the EPA. Figure 6.3 shows the locations of the
proposed facilities.
6.4.1. Proposed Bring Centres
It is proposed to strategically locate additional bring centres in the region at locations that best
service the need of the community.
Plan
Page 94 of 177
June 2006
6.4.2. Proposed Recycling Centres
There are nine proposed civic amenity sites for the Region. These civic amenity sites are
proposed for:
•
•
•
•
•
Cashel
Tipperary Town
Clonmel
Carrick-on-Suir
Cahir
•
•
•
•
Enniscorthy
Gorey
Wexford Town
Holmestown Landfill
6.4.3. Proposed Waste Transfer Stations
There are a number of applications for waste licences in respect of waste transfer stations in the
region. At time of writing the following applications had been submitted to the EPA and no
decisions had been made regarding a licence to operate. Information on proposed capacities
was not supplied.
•
WTS, Gorey, Wexford
Greenstar has applied for a waste licence (202-1) for a WTS.
•
Recycling Centre and WTS, Cashel
South Tipperary County Council has applied for a waste licence (200-1) for a facility at
Waller’s Lot, Cashel.
•
Dungarvan Waste Disposal Site
Waterford County Council has applied for a waste licence (32-2) for a WTS at the existing
site.
•
A waste permit has been granted (WP7/03) to Wheel it for a WTS and MRF in Cahir, South
Tipperary. It is awaiting planning permission.
6.4.4. Proposed MRF
Wexford County Council was granted a waste licence (191-1) in December 2004 for an
integrated waste management facility in Holmestown Wood. The licence includes provision for a
civic amenity and MRF of capacity 12,000 tpa.
6.4.5. Proposed Biological Treatment Facilities
AES Ltd. and Custom Compost have both applied to the EPA for waste licences for the
following proposed composting facilities at:
•
•
Plan
Portlaw, Co. Waterford (212-1)
Gorey, Co. Wexford (123-1)
Page 95 of 177
June 2006
Wexford County Council was granted a waste licence (191-1) in December 2004 for an
integrated waste management facility in Holmestown Wood. The licence includes provision for
a composting facility of capacity 5,000 tpa. Construction of the integrated waste management
facility is due to commence in 2005/6.
6.4.6. Proposed Landfill Facilities
Table 6.13 is a summary of the existing proposals within the region for new landfill facilities.
Table 6.13:
Proposed Landfill Facilities (Annual Input and Expected Lifespan)
Facility Name
Holmestown Wood
Hardbog Landfill
(South Tipp)
WL no.
191-1
19-1
Licensed waste
input for disposal
(tpa)
45,000
40,000
Capacity
remaining
(t)
900,000
600,000
Time
remaining
(years)
20
15
Holmestown Wood
Holmestown Wood near Holmestown, Co. Wexford is an integrated waste management facility
comprising a landfill, a MRF, a civic amenity facility and a composting facility. It will be operated
by Wexford County Council. It was licensed by the EPA, WL Register No.191-1 in December
2004. Construction is due to start in 2005/6. The facility is licensed to accept 80,000 tpa, of
which 55,000 tpa is for disposal at the landfill. Waste acceptance at the facility is as follows:
•
•
•
•
non-hazardous household and commercial waste 55,000 tpa
composting 5,000 tpa
C& D 8,000 tpa
civic amenity and MRF 12,000 tpa
The processes carried out at the landfill facility include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
pre-treatment and temporary storage of leachate prior to removal off-site for disposal
mixing and or compaction of waste prior to removal off-site
temporary storage of scrap metal, metal cans, batteries and white goods prior to removal
temporary storage of glass, textiles, clothing, batteries, fluorescent tubes prior to removal
disposal of compost on site if it fails to meet certain criteria
recovery of C&D for restoration works
Page 96 of 177
June 2006
Hardbog Landfill
Hardbog Landfill, in Grangemockler, Co. Tipperary will be operated by South Tipperary County
Council. It is licensed by the EPA, WL Register No. 19-1. The license was granted in June 2004.
(A local opposition group are seeking leave in the High Court to lodge a judicial appeal against
the issuing of the licence.) The facility is licensed to accept 40,000 tpa for disposal. Waste
acceptance at the facility is as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
household waste 22,000tpa
commercial waste 4,000 tpa
sewage sludge 1,000 tpa
industrial non-hazardous sludge 2,000 tpa
industrial non-hazardous waste 9,000 tpa
C&D waste 2,000 tpa
The processes carried out at the landfill facility include:
•
•
•
•
temporary storage of leachate in lagoons prior to removal off-site for disposal
temporary storage of scrap metal, aluminium cans, and inorganic material prior to
removal off-site for recycling
recovery of C&D for daily works
Waterford County Council applied for a waste licence (187-1) for an integrated waste
management facility at Garrynagree, Dungarvan, Co. Waterford in 2003. It was proposed to
accept 120,000 tpa for disposal at the landfill over a period of 20 years. The site received
planning permission from An Bord Pleanala in December 2004 but was refused a waste licence
in January 2006.
Plan
Page 97 of 177
June 2006
Date 14/03/05 BR/BR R:\Map Production\2004\024\03\Workspace\
STCC-CR_Figure 6.3_Proposed Waste Management Infrastructure_Rev B
Hacketstown



Carlow


Key Map
Urlingford




Gorey
Muinebeag





Bunclody
Kilkenny





Gorey
Gorey (WTS)
(WTS)
Borris



Cashel
Cashel (WTS)
(WTS)
Enniscorthy




Cashel
Tipperary
Fethard






Hardbog (LF)
(LF)
Hardbog
New Ross
Caher
Mullinavat




Carrick-on-Suir


Clonmel








Holmestown
Holmestown


Portlaw (BTF)
(BTF)
Portlaw
Wexford


Rosslare Harbour
Waterford




Fethard
Tramore
Lismore




Goery
Goery (BTF)
(BTF)


10
Ardmore


Map Legend


Dungarvan
20
kilometres






Tallow
0

Tramore
Tramore (LF)
(LF)



Dunmore East


 Biological Treatment Facility (BTF)


 Integrated Waste Management


 Landfill (LF)


 Materials Recycling Facility (MRF)

 Waste Transfer Station (WTS)
Proposed Waste Management Infrastructure (EPA Waste Licence Applications)
Figure 6.3
6.5.
Waste Enforcement
Since 2003, the focus for all local authorities and the nominated authorities switched from
predominantly issuing permits to the enforcement of permits issued, while still retaining their
obligations and continued to evaluate waste disposal/recovery/collection permit applications.
This coincided with the employment of waste enforcement officers, the establishment of waste
enforcement sections within local authorities and the commencement of road block inspections.
This change in emphasis coincided with the establishment of the Office of Environmental
Enforcement (OEE) within the Environmental Protection Agency.
An Environmental Network has been established by the OEE in conjunction with all local
authorities. The network’s objective is to foster cooperation in waste enforcement so that a
more consistent standard is achieved throughout the country.
Up to 2003, the majority of local authority staff with waste management functions were involved
in the issuing of permits with fewer staff involved in enforcement activities. To address staffing
deficiencies in waste enforcement, local authorities were permitted to recruit staff to establish
waste enforcement teams,
The main functions of waste enforcement staff are to:
•
•
•
6.6.
respond to and investigate third party complaints in relation to waste activities
respond to unauthorised waste activities identified through effective enforcement
undertake audits/inspections of permitted facilities and collectors
Local Authority Waste Initiatives in the South East Region
Since the publication of the JWMPSE there has been a significant increase in public awareness
initiatives in the region. This can be attributed to the work of the Public Awareness Officers in
each of the local authorities. These Officers are responsible for liaising with all sectors of the
community including schools, businesses and the waste industry. The theme of their
awareness/education campaigns compliment the elements of the National Race Against Waste
(RAW) campaign as well as the Waste Initiatives for the South East Region (W.I.S.E.R. Ways).
All elements of the environmental education and awareness programme in the South East
Region complement the elements of the National Race Against Waste campaign by the
promotion of preventing, reducing, reusing and recycling initiatives across the region. Education
and awareness programmes are aimed at various audiences, as previously identified in the
JWMPSE (2002) including (but not limited to):
•
•
•
•
•
domestic households
youth groups (including schools and youth reach groups)
commerce & industry (promotion of the RAW Small Change Campaign)
agricultural sector (delivering REPS waste management training courses)
community leaders & representatives
Public awareness initiatives in each of the regions local authorities are outlined below and
summarised in Table 6.14.
Plan
Page 99 of 177
June 2006
6.6.1. Carlow County Council
Schools
Carlow County Council operates a schools environmental programme from the environment
department that complements initiatives taking place in other departments in the Council. The
environmental programme includes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A free battery recycling scheme operated by the Council to allow the collection of small
batteries from both secondary and primary schools in the county.
Informing schools about waste management though letters and visits.
Providing a point of contact for teachers and pupils interested in finding out about
environmental issues or becoming involved in practical projects.
Supporting school teachers in developing curriculum ideas and environmental politics.
Providing workshops for teacher and parents associations to assist them with waste
minimisation and litter awareness.
Providing up to date information on environmental topics through leaflets, posters and
information sheets.
Providing advice on composting and other recycling equipment for schools.
Providing an up to date database of relevant websites.
Giving presentations in schools and tours of recycling centres.
Hosting Green Schools Workshops in association with An Taisce and coordinating and
providing support for schools in the programme.
Green Flag Award
The number of schools awarded the Green Flag has tripled in the last year as schools
become more involved in their environment.
Households
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
Carlow County Council currently operates 44 recycling banks throughout the county.
These take green, brown, clear glass and aluminium drink cans.
There are six recycling banks for newspaper and magazines throughout the county.
Three recycling centres are in place at Haroldstown, Powerstown and Kernanstown.
These have proved very popular and are a great success and recycle up to 19 different
materials.
Kernanstown Recycling Centre was planned with the householder in mind and therefore
was designed in a very user friendly way. The site is a centre of information and the
public feel they can consult and ask for advice on all aspects of waste handling.
A regular household hazardous waste collection service is provided through a mobile
collection service.
Householders are targeted with leaflet drops, articles and advertisements in local papers
and radio items to highlight new facilities and encourage proper use of them.
A variety of composting bins are sold at reduced rates through Kernanstown Recycling
Centre complete with a user guide.
Residents in the county take part in regular composting workshops run by Carlow County
Council and complimentary courses run in association with non-governmental
organisations.
Page 100 of 177
June 2006
Commerce and Industry
•
•
•
•
Carlow County Council supports the Chamber of Commerce and the business community
in their efforts to manage their waste. The Council liaises with the Chamber of
Commerce, the Race Against Waste Small Change team and over 1,200 businesses
throughout the County.
Every business has received a Guide for your Business from the Waste Management
(Packaging) Regulations 2003 leaflet and an invitation to a workshop. Businesses are
working out appropriate ways of recycling and are already putting in place waste clubs.
An enforcement team has been set up to guide, inform and enforce the Packaging
Regulations.
The Chamber of Commerce meets regularly with members and sections of the Council
regarding waste management issues. The Council staff attended meetings of waste
clubs and organise workshops.
Community Initiatives
•
•
Waste Awareness Officers visit youth groups outside the school environment.
Members of the environmental team regularly give presentations to residents committees
and community groups. A successful liaison with RAPID and pretenancy courses is
ongoing to combine reducing household waste collection with the recycling facilities
available in Kernanstown. Younger members of the household were also targeted
through school talks and tours to recycling centres.
Agricultural sector
•
•
Carlow hosted the National Ploughing Championships in Tullow in 2004, this proved an
ideal way of reaching the agricultural sector and waste management and the Council
continues to support local agricultural events.
The Council liases with regulatory authorities regarding correct disposal of material.
6.6.2. Kilkenny County Council
Kilkenny County Council has contracted a full time Environmental Education and Awareness
officer since 2001.
Schools
Kilkenny County Council has a schools environmental education programme which includes the
following:
•
•
Plan
Talks and school visits by the Environmental Education officer on a variety of waste
management topics.
School Battery Collection Scheme - The contract for school battery recycling was with
Returnbatt. This contract was costing €185 per unit per annum per school with an
additional cost to actually recycle the batteries per Kilo. From September 2004 battery
containers will be distributed to the schools along with a “Battery Recycling Card”. The
cost of this service will be borne by Kilkenny County Council. To date 54 schools have
signed up out of 79. The “Battery Recycling Card” will allow the school to bring the
collected batteries to their local Area Office, the Environment Section, or Dunmore
Landfill with no cost to the school for the battery disposal.
Page 101 of 177
June 2006
•
•
•
•
•
•
All schools are offered a compost bin free of charge provided that the Environmental
Education officer has completed a series of talks with the school and that the school is
willing to participate in the Green Schools programme. Schools are encouraged to act as
compost bin selling agents
Green Schools: Kilkenny County Council encourages all schools to participate in the
Green Schools Programme run by An Taisce, in order to foster greater environmental
awareness and participation in environmental activities. There are currently 9 Green
Flags in County Kilkenny and it is hoped that this number will increase over the next few
years.
Green Schools Seminar – An Annual Event held in conjunction with An Taisce to remind
and encourage all schools about the Green Schools Programme.
An Environmental Education School booking form was sent to all schools offering them a
talk on a variety of Waste Management topics by the County Council Environmental
Awareness Officer. Kilkenny County Council is working towards developing anti-litter
and environmental projects with as many schools as possible.
Dunmore Recycling Centre/Landfill Fieldtrips – first hand experience, an explanation into
the engineering works at the site, an overview of the EPA conditions placed on the site.
This programme commenced in May 2003.
Mayors Litter Campaign–The Mayor and Environmental Awareness Officer visited every
school in the city to introduce the litter plan and to reinforce its meaning.
Households
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Kilkenny County Council currently runs a composting programme for domestic
households, with more that 4,200 compost bins been sold to date. Householders are
offered a compost bin at the subsidised rate of €25 (€12.50 OAP’s) complete with
instructions.
Compost Demonstrations - Introducing and promoting composting as a means of waste
reduction, a series of demonstrations are run throughout the county.
County Hall, Libraries, Area offices and Dunmore Recycling Centre are all permanent
agents for the subsidised compost bins
Kilkenny County Council has officially met its target of 45 Bring Banks required
throughout the county as per the JWMPSE. At time of writing one bring bank is being
replaced. However, Kilkenny County Council would like to exceed this target and ensure
that there is at least 1 bring bank location per 1,000 head of population. Kilkenny County
Council will shortly announce a further 10 sites.
Dunmore Recycling Centre collects household recyclables and hazardous waste
Fridges and Freezers will be accepted at Dunmore Recycling Centre free of charge from
Monday 19th of July 2004 to Friday 12th August 2005
Chemcar operate free household hazardous waste collections throughout the county
during the year.
In February 2004 Kilkenny Borough Council commenced their domestic kerbside
recycling collection.
Kilkenny County Council is involved in a number of initiatives with the commercial and industrial
sector with the aim of reducing the amount of waste going to landfill. These include:
•
•
Plan
Restrictions on recyclable material going to landfill (cardboard, glass, aluminium, steel,
timber, newsprint and magazines).
The circulation of a Kilkenny County Council Guide to packaging regulations and waste
management as well as the Race Against Waste “Small Change” booklet explaining how
the restrictions and packaging regulations work and also how to recycle their wastes.
Page 102 of 177
June 2006
•
•
•
Provision of an advisory service to businesses who need information about recycling
services
The key to Kilkenny County Councils success is a partnership approach – rather than
impose a blanket ban Kilkenny County Council focus on recyclable materials and helped
companies avail of recycling services.
Waste Audits – carried out for businesses to examine and demonstrate how waste
management bills can be reduced and recycling rates increased
•
•
•
Community Composting projects have been undertaken and developed in Freshford and
Piltown.
Estate Management Projects County Council Estates – This programme carried out in
conjunction with the Housing Department informs all new tenants of their obligations
under the Litter and Waste Management Acts. Tenants are also educated in methods of
waste reduction, particularly composting. Correct waste management techniques in the
home will also reduce the costs involved in waste disposal.
Kilkenny County Council distributes composters to local communities through schools.
6.6.3. South Tipperary County Council
Schools
•
•
•
•
•
all National Schools are contacted annually offering education service talks, activities and
games on the subject of litter and “the three R’s”
the Green Schools programme is run in the county in partnership with An Taisce. 24
schools are currently registered with three more registering in 2004. Four schools
including one secondary have gained green flags with a further school applying for its flag
this year (2004)
schools are encouraged to apply for a battery recycling unit provided by Returnbatt and
the cost of this service is borne by the Council
a Tidy Schools competition is run as part of the Environmental Awards Scheme. This
focuses on litter and general appearance of the schools
certain schools in the Revitalising Areas by Planning, Investment and Development
(RAPID) areas will be focussed on in 2005
Households
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
A household composting scheme was introduced in January 2001. Since then nearly
3,000 compost bins have been sold to the public (originally the price was €12.70, it was
increased in 2003 to €25) the kit includes a kitchen-kaddy and an instruction booklet.
A successful initiative to boost sales of compost bins were held at local shows etc.
It is hoped to run training courses on composting with resident associations, during 2005
A collection of organic waste from households will be introduced in the future and the
recycling centres which are planned will also have facilities for collecting garden waste for
transfer to the composting facility in Waterford.
A kerbside recycling scheme initiative was started for dry recyclables in 2003 on all local
authority collection routes
Using the permit system all the private collectors will be required to provide a similar
service.
Page 103 of 177
June 2006
•
•
•
•
•
•
73 bring banks are now in place in the county with a further 3 being installed before the
end of 2004. This is a coverage of 1:1,000 head of population (target for completion of
network at this density was 2007). Rehab and Green Dragon are the main contractors for
bottles and aluminium cans with paper being collected at three locations.
Fridges and freezers are being collected for recycling for a nominal charge by Carrick-onSuir Town Council as a pilot project, and it is hoped to extend this to other areas in the
near future.
Wastes which are collected at Legaun Recycling facility include; white goods, scrap
metal, end of use vehicles, batteries, paper, fluorescent tubes etc.
Donohill landfill accepts paper, bottles and cans for recycling.
The Chemcar service for household hazardous waste is a tremendous success and has
been oversubscribed on occasions. It is hoped to expand the service to some of the
smaller communities in the north of the county in 2005.
Progress towards new recycling centres at Cashel and Tipperary town are well advanced
and it is hoped to open these in 2005. Three other sites are planned for Cahir, Clonmel
and Carrick-on-Suir.
•
•
The County Council offices are well equipped with office recycling containers for such
consumables as batteries, printer cartridges, paper etc, this is to be a best practice
example in a scheme to extend recycling to businesses in South Tipperary.
A waste packaging leaflet was designed and distributed to all businesses in South
Tipperary detailing their obligations under the Packaging Directive. Currently 68
businesses in South Tipperary are registered with Repak.
•
•
•
•
South Tipperary County Council participates every year in the National Spring Clean
Programme (Ireland’s largest anti litter campaign) which is organised in the month of
April. Numerous community groups and schools participate in the event.
The Anti Litter Grants (sponsored by DoEHLG) target different sectors of the community
annually and in 2004 a community litter black spot initiative was organised.
Future initiatives include the possibility of grant aiding community groups to monitor and
clean up bring banks.
The council have a comprehensive scheme of awards including tidy burial grounds, tidy
towns and villages etc. Assistance is given in terms of litter pickers/ bags/skips etc to Tidy
Towns Committees.
6.6.4. Waterford City Council
Schools
•
•
Plan
A talk is given as part of the Waste Management module of the CSPE course in
Secondary Schools. This includes a discussion of the best methods of waste treatment
available and the 3-bin system currently in place. The quiz element of this course allows
each student to give their views on waste and makes them think about the environment
around them.
The Green Schools programme continues to be popular with the majority of schools in
Waterford City. The Mercy Convent achieved its Green Flag in September 2004. This
has proved to be an excellent method of raising awareness and educating Primary
School children about the environment.
Page 104 of 177
June 2006
Household
•
•
•
•
Waterford City Council has implemented a 3-bin system in the city since 2003. 98% of
householders now have a green bin for dry recyclables and a brown bin for organic
material. € 1.50 is charged for the collection of the green and brown bins, whereas €
4.50 is charged for the collection of the grey bin. This encourages maximum use of the
recycling and composting bin. This new kerbside has resulted in a 42% diversion rate
from landfill.
The brown bins and kitchen caddies were delivered to each household free of charge.
The newly built Compost Facility in Kilbarry now accepts organic material from both
Waterford City Council and Waterford County Council.
There is a recycling centre at Kilbarry Landfill. This accepts household batteries,
untreated wood, cardboard, glass, cans and white goods for recycling.
There are also 23 bring banks throughout Waterford City. These accept bottles and cans.
•
•
•
Hasbro Litter Rangers teaches children to care for their own area in Waterford City. The
children take part in recycling initiatives and do clean ups of their estate. This gives them
a sense of pride in their area, which in turn encourages them to keep it clean.
Competition prizes, T-shirts and participation in the St. Patrick’s Day Parade reward their
efforts.
A series of Clean Ups have begun in Waterford City. These are being run in partnership
with WLR and ONYX. The series of clean ups will run until Spring 2005. This will highlight
the importance of keeping your own area clean.
Make Waterford Beautiful is an annual competition designed to encourage residents to
make a special effort in their gardens and residential areas. This initiative rewards the
special efforts that people make year-round to improve their area. It also involves people
in cleaning up black spots and prevents littering.
Information programmes promote all elements of Waterford County Council’s existing and future
waste management programmes (e.g. extension of kerbside materials collected, new recycling
centres etc).
Schools
•
•
•
Plan
In the 2003/2004 academic year, Waterford County Council achieved the highest growth
in Green Schools registration (38%) in the South East Region. Currently 56% of all
primary schools and 66% of all secondary schools in Co Waterford are participating in
this scheme.
In partnership with the Environment Education Office, these Schools tackle various
environmental issues, including Litter & Waste (Flag 1), Energy Consumption (Flag 2),
Water Conservation (Flag 3), Sustainable Transport (Flag 4) and Healthy Living (Flag 5).
As at June 2004, 10 Primary Schools and 1 Secondary school achieved their Green Flag
for outstanding environmental commitment. The increased interest in the Green Schools
programme has been due to a combination of facts including the visits made by the
Environment Education Officer to both primary and secondary schools, Green Schools
seminars (in association with An Taisce) and regular mailings on the achievements of
awarded Green Flag schools.
Anti-litter and waste management programmes are also delivered by theatre shows that
have been funded by the Environment Education Office.
Page 105 of 177
June 2006
•
•
In 2003, the first Annual Primary School Environment Awards was held to officially
recognise the waste management and litter prevention work taking place throughout the
County.
Secondary schools participate in School debates, poetry and poster
competitions that link in with the national Race Against Waste Campaign and their
awards are incorporated in the Community Environment Awards night.
All schools are automatically entered into a Tidy Schools competition run annually by the
Environment Section.
Household
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Waterford County Council operates 3 recycling centres in Dungarvan, Tramore and
Lismore.
These facilities are complemented by an extensive network of 43 bring banks where
glass bottles and jars can be recycled across County Waterford (in 2002, only 17 banks
were located in the County).
These facilities are promoted by various methods including on local media including,
WLRFM (local radio) and print media and on the Council’s website www.waterfordcoco.ie
Since the introduction of the monthly dry recyclable kerbside collection in November 2001
(and refuse collected on the other 3 weeks in the month), Waterford County Council
increased the frequency to fortnightly collections in January 2002. In April 2003, this
system was rolled out to rural households on a fortnightly collection basis.
In September 2004, Waterford County Council introduced a domestic brown bin collection
of organic materials from all householders on existing routes. An intensive media
campaign began in June 2004, 4 months prior to the first collection, with radio interviews
on WLRFM, weekly articles in all County Waterford newspapers and regular web
updates.
17,500 households received a free 140 ltr brown bin and kitchen caddy and information
pack. This information pack has highlighted the materials accepted and included a
helpful collection calendar for the brown bin, dry recycling and refuse collection. This,
combined with the current diversion of 29% of dry recycling materials, will divert
approximately 59% of materials from landfill.
Householders also have the opportunity to purchase household composting units from
the Environment Section.
•
•
Plan
During 2003, Waterford County Council, in association with Celtic Composting Systems
started a pilot organic collection from commercial customers (including restaurants,
florists and other suitable businesses in the Dungarvan area). The education and
awareness programme outlined the various elements of the campaign including,
frequency of collection (weekly), collection receptacle provided (204ltr wheelie bin) and
the benefits to the clients (achieving a reduction in waste management costs while at the
same time achieving landfill diversion and benefiting the environment).
Materials were brought to the purpose built in-vessel composting facility in the Dungarvan
Recycling Centre. Due to the success of the education programme associated with the
pilot scheme, it was rolled out on a countywide basis. Currently, over 40 businesses are
participating in diverting suitable organic waste from landfill on a weekly basis.
Page 106 of 177
June 2006
•
•
Waterford County Council participates every year in the National Spring Clean
Programme (Ireland’s largest anti litter campaign). National Spring Clean is a yearly
event that happens every April and numerous community groups (26 in 2004) around
County Waterford participate in the event. Also, schools participate in this event on a
year round basis e.g. Cunnigar Clean Up by students from Colaiste Chathail Naofa,
Dungarvan.
Inter Community Litter Challenge - eight areas are assessed in each town/village being
judged, including a main street, a residential street, a green area, a housing estate, an
approach road, the environs of a school, the environs of a church and a car parking area.
Marks are also awarded for evidence of and use of a litter management plan. Winners in
both the Town and Village categories are announced on the night of the annual
environment awards.
6.6.5. Wexford County Council
Schools
Wexford County Council’s Environment Education Program 2004/2005 sets out the aim of the
Council which is to promote awareness and encourage active participation in a wide range of
environmental initiatives amongst primary and secondary pupils throughout the county.
Initiatives include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
School visits whereby the Education Officer provides assistance to schools by providing
talks, information leaflets, fact sheets and posters on a wide range of environmental
topics.
encouraging schools to enter the Green Schools project
supporting involvement in An Taisce’s Coastcare project
organising educational trips to recycling centres, woodlands and wetlands
battery recycling in all 103 primary schools
providing educational programmes tailored to the local bio-diversity of Wexford such as
Wexford County Council’s “Wild Woodlands Project” and “Wetlands Project”
recognising and rewarding schools that have an active environment programme
holding various competitions to promote environmental issues
Households
Wexford County Council has the following recycling infrastructure in place:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
124 recycling sites for glass and cans (1,400 tonnes collected in 2003)
25 recycling sites for newspaper (506 tonnes collected in 2003)
15 recycling sites for plastics (71 tonnes collected in 2003)
recycling centre at Killurin with facilities for aluminium and steel cans, glass bottles,
plastic bottles, cardboard, newspaper, textiles, batteries, mobile phones, white metals,
scrap metals, light bulbs, phone books, waste oil.
recycling centre at Rosbercon, New Ross with facilities for glass, aluminium and steel
cans, plastic bottles, newspaper, textiles, batteries. It also operates a shredding facility.
5,808 compost bins sold by December 2003 (6,331 sold by October 2004). The
approximate tonnage of organic waste diverted from landfill in the year 2004, up to
November 2004 was 1,743 tonnes).
Page 107 of 177
June 2006
•
•
•
Plan
An integral part of Wexford County Council’s action against litter is its Anti-Litter
Freephone number which was launched in May 2003. Members of the public who want
to report littering or dumping incidents can call 1800 DUMPED (1800 386733).
Community Waste Action Days were held during 2004 at different locations throughout
the county. Items for collection included scrap metal, TVs/VDUs, batteries, fridges,
textiles.
Visits to Community Groups to encourage reusing, reducing and recycling waste
Page 108 of 177
June 2006
Table 6.14:
Summary of the Public Awareness Initiatives in each County
Schools
•
•
•
•
Carlow
Kilkenny
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
battery recycling scheme
schools education programme
green schools workshops
providing advice on composting
and other recycling equipment
for schools
free compost bins
green schools workshops
developing anti-litter and
environmental projects
fieldtrips to local waste
infrastructure
litter campaign
Households
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Commerce & Industry
operation of 44 bring banks & 3
civic amenities
pilot kerbside scheme
six recycling banks for newspaper
and magazines
a regular household hazardous
waste collection service is
provided through a mobile
collection service
subsidised compost bins
composting workshops
•
•
•
•
•
recycling centre
•
•
•
•
•
subsidised compost bins
kerbside collection scheme
free collection of fridges and
freezers at Dunmore CA until
12th August 2005
A regular household hazardous
collection service
•
•
•
•
Page 109 of 177
workshops for businesses in the
County
provide Guides for Managing
Waste
enforcement of the Packaging
Regulations
regular meetings with the
Chamber of Commerce &
commercial waste clubs
•
production of a Guide to
packaging regulations and waste
management
Regulations
restrictions on recyclable material
going to landfill (cardboard, glass,
aluminium, steel, timber,
newsprint and magazines)
provision of an advisory service to
businesses on recycling services
waste audits to demonstrate how
waste management bills can be
reduced and recycling rates
increased
•
•
•
•
visiting youth groups outside
the school environment
presentations to residents
committees and community
groups
distribution of composters to
local communities through
schools
community composting
projects in Freshford and
Piltown
estate management projects
for County Council Estates
June 2006
Table 6.14:
Summary of the Public Awareness Initiatives in the County Cont’d…..
Schools
South Tipperary
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
provision of Compost Bins
Green Schools workshops
developing anti-litter and
environmental projects
infrastructure
litter campaign
tidy schools competition
•
•
•
Waterford City
Households
•
Commerce & Industry
recycling centre
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
compost bins
kerbside collection scheme
collection of fridges and freezers
A regular household hazardous
collection service.
•
•
in-house recycling scheme at
local authority office offices
Regulations
•
•
•
•
•
recycling centre
3-bin kerbside collection scheme
•
•
Waterford
County
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
free compost bins and
workshops on composting and
vermicomposting.
anti-litter and environmental
projects
litter campaign
annual environmental awards
campaign
annual primary schools award
battery recycling programmes
for schools
Kids zone web-pages on the
Council website.
•
•
•
•
civic amenities
3-bin kerbside collection scheme
compost bins
annual environmental awards
campaign
•
•
•
•
organic waste collection
promotion of the Small Change
Campaign
promotion of the Take Action at
work campaign
Enforce Waste Packaging Regs
•
•
•
•
Page 110 of 177
promotion of the National
Spring Clean Programme
anti-litter grants target different
sectors of the community
comprehensive scheme of
awards including tidy burial
grounds, tidy towns and
villages etc.
assistance in terms of litter
pickers/ bags/skips etc to Tidy
Towns Committees
Hasbro Litter Rangers teaches
children to care for their own
area in Waterford City.
organisation of clean ups in
Waterford City.
annual competition - make
Waterford beautiful
annual community
environment awards campaign
promotion of National Spring
Clean
visits to community groups e.g.
resident associations, ICA
groups, gardening clubs to
promote waste reduction,
reuse and recycling.
Provide funding for anti litter
and local agenda 21
sustainable projects.
June 2006
Table 6.14:
Summary of the Public Awareness Initiatives in the County Cont’d…..
Schools
Wexford
•
•
•
•
•
•
battery recycling scheme in
102 schools
battery recycling scheme at 12
centres
Anti-litter & environmental
projects
infrastructure
Households
•
•
•
Commerce & Industry
recycling centres
operate 28 recycling sites for
newspaper
operate 12 recycling sites for
plastics
•
•
•
•
•
•
Workshop for Business in the
County in association with
Chamber of Commerce
Enforcement of the Packaging
Regulations
Restrictions on recyclable
material going to landfill.
Promote Construction and
Demolition waste recovery and
recycling
Promote Site Waste Plans
Promote the use of appropriate
collection permit holders and
waste licensed/waste permit
sites.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
Page 111 of 177
promote litter management
plan
community waste action days
for collection of items including
scrap metal, TVs/VDUs,
batteries, fridges, textiles
visits to community groups to
encourage reusing, reducing
and recycling waste
Annual Keep Wexford
Beautiful Competitions
Annual Environmental Awards
Subsidised Compost
Bins/Promotional Campaign
Regular Dry Recyclable
Newsletter updates
Telephone Help-line for
Recycling at 1800 SORT IT
(1800 767848)
Kerbside Collection Scheme
Waste Watch days at local
hotels
Strategic Waste Management
Programme
June 2006
7. REVIEW OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
Section 12 of the Joint Waste Management Plan for South East Region (2002) (JWMPSE)
outlined a number of policy actions/targets for the period of the plan. A total of six areas were
identified and specific policies set.
This section will summarise the nature of the particular policies under each heading and this will
be followed by a review of what has been achieved to date.
•
•
•
7.1.
prevention and minimisation
waste collection
waste recovery and recycling
•
•
•
energy recovery from waste
waste treatment
final disposal
Waste Prevention and Minimisation
The JWMPSE proposed the following concepts to implement waste prevention, waste recovery
and waste disposal measures to:
•
•
•
encourage voluntary source reduction programs in businesses and industry
endeavour to foster the ethos of producer responsibility
encourage source reduction in the community
The 2002 Plan proposed that this would be achieved by a comprehensive and proactive waste
education and awareness campaign, targeted toward the public and businesses/industry. In
addition consideration was to be given to the introduction of bye-laws, where appropriate, to
control litter generation and similar issues.
7.1.1. Progress Made to Date
The following has been achieved:
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
The schools education programme and the ‘Green Schools Programme’ is actively
supported.
Information on waste management is being actively disseminated to community groups,
schools and businesses through public meetings, a newsletter and the Internet.
The Plastic Bag Levy is now in effect and enforcement officers have been appointed to
ensure compliance by suppliers and retailers.
A sponsored battery-recycling scheme for primary and secondary schools has been
supported. Wexford County Council have 102 primary and secondary schools
participating in this scheme
The Local Authorities have continued to purchase and provide – at cost price composting bins for householders. The number of home compost bins issued in the
region is outlined in Table 7.1.
Page 112 of 177
June 2006
Table 7.1:
Households participating in home composting or 3-bin organic
waste collection service
Local Authority
No. of home compost bins
distributed Note 2
Kilkenny
South Tipperary
Waterford City
Waterford County
Carlow
Wexford
Total
4,400
2,461
17,500Note 1
Note 1
13,000
0
6,400
43,761
% of household participating in
home composting or 3-bin
organic waste collection
service
17
9
100
70
0
16
Note 1 - 3 bin collection system implemented
Note 2 - This figure represents compost bins supplied by the local authority, it does not include compost bins supplied
privately through garden centres.
The National Strategy on Biodegradable Waste (April 2006) set a target to implement home
composting in 20% of urban households and 50% of rural households by 2010.
7.2.
Waste Collection
The JWMPSE set out policies for collection of:
•
•
domestic waste
commercial waste
7.2.1. Domestic Waste Collection
The policies for collection of domestic waste, as set by the JWMPSE are summarised in Table
7.2.
Plan
Page 113 of 177
June 2006
Table 7.2:
JWMPSE Policy for Domestic Waste Collection
Policy
Target Date
2-bin collection service for all householders availing of either a public or
private waste collection service
2008
2 bins to collect:
•
residual waste
•
dry recyclables
- paper/cardboard
- paper/cardboard packaging
- plastics
- metal containers
- uniform colour coding of segregated collection bins
Polluter Pays Principle charge system
No date given
3-bin collection service for all urban areas (population greater than 1,500)
Post 2008
•
3 bins to collect:
- dry recyclables
- organic waste
- residual waste
The roll out of the 2-bin collection service across the region (end 2004) is shown in Table 7.3.
The 2-bin collection service provides for the collection of residual and dry recyclable waste
streams.
Plan
Page 114 of 177
June 2006
Table 7.3:
No. of Households participating in a 2-bin Collection Service (end
2004)
Local
Authority
Carlow
Kilkenny**
South Tipperary
Waterford City
Waterford
County
Wexford
TOTAL
*
**
***
****
(2002
census)
14,931
25,603
26,410
17500***
No. of
Households
serviced by
public or
private
collection
service
14,931
20,100
21,600
17,500
18,606
38,011
141,061
15,006
34,500
123,637
No. of
Households
2-bin
collected by
the Local
Authority
2-bin
collected
by the
Private
Sector
0
1,400**
15,000
17,500
****
12,670
6,600
0
13,000*
19,000
51,500
2,000¥
15,500
34,770
% of
households
(on a
collection
route)
serviced by
2-bin
****
70
100
100
<100
100
3-bin
as reported
according to figures from WCC, there are 17,500 households in the City. The figure quoted in the housing
census 2002 is 15,299 households.
commenced in 2005
The roll out of a 2-bin collection system has commenced in all local authority areas. All
householders availing of a local authority collection service has access to a segregated waste
collection service. The private sector has commenced the roll out of the 2-bin collection service.
All dry recyclable collection services provide for the collection of paper/cardboard,
paper/cardboard packaging, plastics and metal containers.
Dry recyclables are also collected using clear plastic bags. The benefit of using clear bags is to
identify contamination.
The roll out of the 3-bin collection service has commenced ahead of schedule in Waterford City
and County. All householders availing of waste collection services offered by these local
authorities have access to a 3-bin collection service.
Plan
Page 115 of 177
June 2006
7.2.3. Commercial Waste Collection
The JWMPSE set out policy for the collection of commercial waste as summarised in Table 7.4.
Table 7.4:
JWMPSE Policy for Commercial Waste Collection
Policy
3-bin collection service
3-bins to include:
dry recyclables
organic waste
residual waste
Target Date
from outset of plan (2002)
only segregated waste to be exported from the
region
licensing/regulations to ensure segregation of
commercial waste
Dry recyclables and residual waste collection is widely available to all commercial and industrial
waste producers in the region. Separate collection of organic waste is available to all
commercial and industrial waste producers located in Waterford City and County. The local
authorities are currently reviewing all AER’s submitted by waste collectors in their region, to
assess quantity of mixed waste leaving the region with the intention of addressing this issue.
7.3.
The JWMPSE set out the following proposals for waste recovery and recycling as summarised
in Table 7.5:
Plan
Page 116 of 177
June 2006
Table 7.5:
JWMPSE Policy on Waste Recovery and Recycling
Policy
Date
3-Bin collection System for domestic (2-bin in rural areas), industrial and
commercial waste
2009
intensive home composting
2005
bring sites (1 per 1,000 of the population), recycling centres (22 in the
region) and material recovery facilities in place
2005
local windrow and in-vessel biological treatment systems
2005
intensive public information and awareness campaign
duration of plan
focus on source reduction and producer responsibility
no date given
provision of integrated full range waste management facility (with waste
transfer facilities)
2009
The roll out of a 2-bin and 3-bin collection system has commenced in all Local Authorities. All
householders availing of a Local Authority collection service has access to a segregated waste
collection service. The private sector has commenced the roll out of the 2-bin collection service.
17% and 9% of householders in Kilkenny and South Tipperary respectively, have purchased
home composting units. This is above the anticipated national average participation rate of 7%
as outlined in the National Strategy on Biodegradable Waste, Draft Strategy Report.
The roll out of the establishment of bring centres has continued. There is 1 bring site per 400
households in the region (2004) (approximately 1 per 1,200 of population)
There are 11 recycling centres serving the region out of a proposed 22.
Waterford County Council has established a dry recyclables material recovery facility in
Dungarvan. This facility has a design throughput capacity to manage 24,000 tonnes of dry
recyclable with the potential to increase capacity to manage 34,000 tonnes. This facility has the
capacity to manage all dry recyclables collected from householders participating in local
authority operated waste collection services for the design year 2011. (This is based on the
assumption that total waste generation per household is 1.28 tpa and that there is a collection
coverage of 80-85%).
Green waste composting sites were established at Lismore and Dungarvan Recycling Centres.
A centralised in-vessel biological waste composting facility was established by Waterford City
Council. The maximum design throughput capacity of this facility is 28,000 tonnes. This facility
has the capacity to treat the organic fraction of household waste produced by all householders
participating in local authority operated waste collection services for the design year 2011. (The
calculation is based on the assumption that total waste generation per household is 1.28 tpa
and that there is a collection coverage of 80-85%).
Plan
Page 117 of 177
June 2006
Public information and awareness campaigns are continuously undertaken by each of the local
authority Education and Awareness Officers.
Education and Awareness Officers are continuously focusing information and awareness
campaigns on the need to source separate waste streams and the implementation of the
Packaging Regulation and Producer Responsibility Initiatives (PRIs) e.g. End-of-Life Vehicles
(ELV), Waste Electronic and Electrical Equipment (WEEE).
Pay by weight and volume charging systems have been introduced, which is believed will
encourage greater recovery rates.
A Clients Representative has been appointed to procure an integrated waste management
facility for the region.
7.3.2. Recovery and Recycling of Packaging Waste
The JWMPSE set the following specific policies for recovery and recycling of packaging waste
in the region:
The following specific policies will be followed for packaging waste recovery in the region:•
•
•
•
•
•
Local authorities will work closely with Repak Ltd to ensure that the quantity of packaging
required by the Packaging Regulations and the EU Directive are recycled within the
required timescales.
Local authorities will actively enforce the Waste Management (Packaging) Regulations
with a view to eliminating “free riders”, ensuring all major producers are either selfcompliant or Repak members and requiring the obligations on producers of packaging
waste to be met.
Local authorities will provide information to all packaging producers in the region on the
need for compliance with the Packaging Regulations and with a view to increasing
packaging waste recovery. This information will also include material on the prevention of
the creation of packaging waste.
Having regard to land use planning and environmental considerations, Repak approved
waste contractors will be encouraged to establish and extend collection systems and
recycling facilities for packaging waste.
In order to facilitate the application of the “Polluter Pays Principle” and the collection and
recycling of packaging waste, all local authority household waste collection activities will
be fully costed and appropriately charged to the householders in the region.
Local authorities will, as part of their programmes of environmental awareness, provide
information to householders on the need to recycle packaging waste and on how the
production of packaging waste can be prevented.
A number of local authorities including Waterford City Council, Waterford County Council,
Kilkenny County Council and Carlow County Council have been engaged in co-operative
initiatives with the commercial sector to encourage the prevention, minimisation, recycling and
recovery of packaging waste. This cooperation will continue. The Awareness Officers in each
local authority have produced initiatives with Repak to increase awareness of packaging waste
and to inform both the public sector and commercial sector on the options available to them to
play their role in managing packaging waste correctly. Information packs are being distributed
to relevant sectors. Since the introduction of the 2-bin collection system throughout the local
authority collection routes in the region, dry recyclables are collected separately.
Plan
Page 118 of 177
June 2006
The second bin helps to divert packaging waste from the household stream. There was an
increased public awareness drive around the Christmas period in 2004 to highlight the issue of
increased seasonal packaging waste generation. An advertisement campaign was run to
provide information on seasonal packaging.
7.4.
Energy Recovery from Waste
The JWMPSE set out proposals for energy recovery from waste as summarised in Table 7.6:
Table 7.6:
JWMPSE Policy on Energy Recovery from Waste
Policy
support for and promotion of the recovery and utilisation of landfill gas
support for an promotion of thermal treatment with energy recovery either for
electricity generation or combined heat and power
support for an promotion of anaerobic digestion of agricultural waste streams
with recovery of biogas
support for and promotion of generation of refuse-derived fuel (RDF)
an integrated waste facility incorporating thermal treatment and energy recovery
Date
duration of
plan
duration of
plan
duration of
plan
duration of
plan
2009
A Clients Representative was appointed in 2004 to procure an integrated waste management
facility for the region. Recovery and utilisation of landfill gas is currently carried out in Kilbarry
Landfill, Waterford.
The authorities will continue to support and promote the waste treatment options listed in table
7.6.
7.5.
Waste Treatment
The specific policy of the JWMPSE with regard to the primary waste fractions is outlined in
Table 7.7.
Plan
Page 119 of 177
June 2006
Table 7.7:
JWMPSE Policy on Waste Treatment
Policy
dry materials
fraction
organic fraction
green waste
(garden waste)
Date
provision of materials recovery facilities
2002-2003
provision of biological treatment facilities both locally and at the
integrated facility
provision/promotion of an intensive home composting system
for household organics.
provision of small windrow composting facilities at the major
recycling centres or other suitable locations
locally
2004
centralised
2009
2005
construction &
demolition waste
provision of mobile crushing and screening system located at
existing/proposed waste facilities where practicable (open for
consideration at other locations)
residual
provision of an integrated waste management facility for
residual waste with an associated waste transfer system. The
adopted technology shall be a proven system, meeting the
emission criteria from the environmental lifecycle assessment
of this plan, having best available technology.
2003
2009
Waterford County Council has established a dry recyclables material recovery in Dungarvan.
This facility has a design throughput capacity to manage 24,000 tonnes of dry recyclable with
the potential to increase capacity to manage 34,000 tonnes. This facility has capacity to
manage all dry recyclables collected from householders participating in Local Authority operated
waste collection services for the design year 2011. (Assuming total waste generation per
household is 1.28 tonne with a collection efficiency of 80-85%).
Green waste composting sites were established at Lismore and Dungarvan Recycling Centres.
A centralised in-vessel biowaste composting facility was established by Waterford City Council.
The maximum design throughput capacity of this is facility 28,000 tonnes. This facility has the
capacity to treat all biowaste/organic fraction of household waste produced by all householders’
participation in Local Authority operated waste collection services for the design year 2011.
(This is based on the assumption that total waste generation per household is 1.28 tpa and that
there is a collection coverage of 80-85%).
Discussions have been held with the private sector regard the viability of operating a mobile
system crushing and screening system to manage construction and demolition waste within the
region.
Plan
Page 120 of 177
June 2006
7.6.
Final Disposal
Table 7.8 outlines the specific policy of the JWMPSE for final disposal and the necessary
actions to be undertaken by the region.
Table 7.8:
JWMPSE Policy on Final Disposal
Policy
Date
Non-combustible residual waste is to be disposed of in residual landfills in
the region.
Bottom ash from the thermal treatment process to be disposed of in
residual landfills in the region.
Untreated fly ash (hazardous waste) from the thermal treatment process
to be disposed of in an environmentally secure manner at the nearest
appropriate facility.
plan
implementation
period
(2002-2021)
Excess residual waste that cannot otherwise be dealt with is consigned to
residual landfill in the region, pending provision of alternative or additional
treatment/recovery facilities.
Three residual landfills are proposed for the region, these facilities are proposed for Hardbog,
(South Tipperary), Garrynagree, (Waterford) and Holmestown (Wexford).
7.7.
Review of Waste Management Plan
In accordance with Section 22 of the Waste Management Act (1996), the plan must be reviewed
at least every five years. The current waste management plan was developed during 2001/
early 2002 and adopted in June 2002. The plan was reviewed in late 2004/early 2005. This
document is the first review of the JWMPSE.
The next review of the plan is scheduled for 2010 however the plan may be reviewed before
that date as deemed necessary by the regions local authorities.
Plan
Page 121 of 177
June 2006
8. WASTE GENERATION FORECASTS
The National Waste Prevention Programme sets a series of objectives to decouple the
relationship between economic growth and waste generation. At present waste growth is linked
with economic growth nationally. It is against this background that the waste forecasts for the
period of the plan are set.
8.1.
Waste Forecasts
The following documents were consulted to calculate the quantities of waste expected to arise
within the region for management during the period of the plan. The design year is 2011:
•
•
•
•
•
Regional Planning Guidelines for the South East Region
National Spatial Strategy (NSS)
National Strategy on Biodegradable Waste, Draft Strategy Report
National Overview of Waste Management Plans (NOWMP)
Joint Waste Management Plan for the South East (2002) (JWMPSE)
Waste forecasts were derived for the three primary waste sectors;
•
•
•
household
commercial
industrial
The quantities of industrial waste used to model future facility requirements do not include
industrial non-hazardous sludges, hazardous industrial waste or industrial waste arisings that
are currently managed by the industries themselves on site.
Baseline waste tonnages were determined based on 3 data sources:
•
•
•
NWD 2003
regional audit
in the case of household waste, arisings were estimated by multiplying the number of
houses in the region by a factor. The factor is 1.28 t per household per annum, which is
the average quantity of waste produced by households in region. The average was
calculated from:
-
household waste collected by the Local Authorities for (1, 2 and 3) bin collection
services
recyclables delivered to bring and recycling centres
large bulky household items delivered directly to landfills
When varying tonnages for a particular waste fraction was encountered, the highest tonnage
was taken to calculate the size requirements for waste management infrastructure.
Plan
Page 122 of 177
June 2006
Future waste arisings were predicted using growth rates from the Regional Planning Guidelines,
NOWMP and the JWMPSE 2002. The growth factors used in the NOWMP are outlined in Table
8.1. It should be noted that the growth factor percentage increases are not compounded. The
NOWMP considers the following factors to determine growth rates:
•
•
•
•
population statistics
economic factors
deduction in household size
level of success of the National Waste Prevention Programme
It was considered that these projections are the most comprehensive waste predictions to date
and accordingly are used for projections in this proposed review.
Post 2010, the original projection of the 2002 JWMP is utilised. This is to provide for some
redundancy in the system for forward planning purposes in the medium to long term.
For example, for the year 2011 the JWMPSE gives a prediction of 220,000 tonnes for
household waste arisings whereas using the NOWMP gives a figure of 224,000 tonnes. The
difference is not significant.
Table 8.1:
Waste Arisings Forecast for the South East Region 2006-2026
Waste Stream
2006*
2007*
2008*
2009*
2010
Household
Commercial/Industrial
5.0%
3.3%
2.5%
1.1%
2.4%
1.2%
1.7%
0.6%
1.3%
0.3%
2011- 2026
2%
2%
Total
Increase
44.9%
38.5%
Based on these growth rates, waste tonnages were calculated for the period 2006 – 2026. The
waste arising estimates for 2006 and 2011 have been compared with the predictions made in
the JWMPSE in 2002 for waste arisings 2006 and 2011 in Tables 8.2 and 8.3. The estimates in
Tables 8.2 and 8.3 were used in the financial and scenario modelling* in both this (2005)
Review and in the JWMPSE (2002). 2011 is the design year for the plan.
* Household Waste estimates (2005) are based on generation of waste at 1.28 t/household and
a coverage of 80% of households and include the household fraction of waste that is assumed
to be home composted (4% of household fraction). Commercial waste arisings are estimated
as a 1:1 ratio with household for the baseline year.
Table 8.2:
Waste tonnages for the base year 2006
Data Source
Waste Stream
Household
Plan
Review (2005)
2006 (t)
171,000
151,000
Page 123 of 177
JWMPSE (2002)
2006 (t)
147,000
130,000
June 2006
Table 8.3:
Waste tonnages for the design year 2011
Data Source
Waste Stream
Household
Review (2005)
2011 (t)
186,000
159,000
JWMPSE (2002)
2011 (t)
192,740
144,780
Although different growth rates were used in the original plan and in this review there are no
significant changes.
The plan has chosen 2011 as the design year. This means, waste arisings in 2011 will be used
for waste planning purposes, such as sizing facilities. In this way planned facilities will be of a
reasonable size with little redundancy. Facility size requirements can be reviewed either at the
plan review intervals or as part of the facility procurement process. Facilities should be sized for
economies of scale and on a value for money basis. This may require inter-regional waste
movements to achieve these objectives.
8.2.
Future Infrastructural Capacity Requirements
Waste forecasts were used to carry out financial and scenario modelling during the review
process of the Plan. Future infrastructural capacity requirements include quantities of:
•
•
•
•
•
household waste for collection
commercial/industrial waste for collection
dry recyclables for recovery
organic waste for recovery/recycling
residual waste for disposal
In the preparation of this review, it is clear that there is still some uncertainty as to the total
quantity of wastes arising in the region. This is in part due to legal waste movements out of the
region but also to illegal movements. Due to the uncertainty of an accurate figure for waste
generation sensitivity analysis was carried out on the data to ensure adequate sizing of
infrastructure that will be required to manage waste generated in the region for the duration of
the Plan.
The range of sensitivity included reducing household waste arisings by 20%, to increasing
commercial/industrial waste arisings by 50%. These are clearly absolute minimum/maximum
waste figures and are labelled B and C respectively in Table 8.4.
Plan
Page 124 of 177
June 2006
Table 8.4:
D
C
Data Sensitivity Table
Household
Commercial
& Industrial
Year
Household
Commercial
& Industrial
Total
1.28 tonnes @ 80 %Note 1
1.28 tonnes @ 80 %
1.28 tonnes @ 80 %
1.28 tonnes @ 85 %
1.28 tonnes @ 85%
1.28 tonnes @ 85%
1.28 tonnes @ 80 %
1.28 tonnes @ 80 %
1.28 tonnes @ 80 %
1.28 tonnes @ 85%
1.28 tonnes @ 85%
1.28 tonnes @ 85%
90% of 1.28 tonnes @ 80 %Note
As reported
As reported
As reported
As reported
As reported
As reported
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2002
2011
2016
2002
2011
2016
2002
2011
2016
2002
2011
2016
144,446
185,614
200,058
153,474
197,215
212,562
144,446
185,614
200,058
153,474
197,215
212,562
138,917
158,901
175,440
138,917
158,901
175,440
208,376
238,352
263,160
208,376
238,352
263,160
283,363
344,515
375,4983
292,391
356,116
388,002
352,822
423,966
463,218
361,850
435,567
475,722
As reported
As reported
As reported
As reported
As reported
As reported
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2002
2011
2016
2002
2011
2016
2002
2011
2016
2002
2011
2016
130,002
167,052
180,053
138,127
177,493
191,306
130,002
167,052
180,053
138,127
177,493
191,306
138,917
158,901
175,440
138,917
158,901
175,440
208,376
238,352
263,160
208,376
238,352
263,160
268,919
325,954
355,493
277,044
336,395
366,746
338,377
405,405
443,213
346,502
415,845
454,466
2
B
A
90% of 1.28 tonnes @ 80 %
90% of 1.28 tonnes @ 80 %
90% of 1.28 tonnes @ 85 %
90% of 1.28 tonnes @ 85 %
90% of 1.28 tonnes @ 85 %
90% of 1.28 tonnes @ 80 %
90% of 1.28 tonnes @ 80 %
90% of 1.28 tonnes @ 80 %
90% of 1.28 tonnes @ 85 %
90% of 1.28 tonnes @ 85 %
90% of 1.28 tonnes @ 85 %
Dry
Recyclables
Organics
Residual
(Total)
Thermal
136,005
148,786
54,538
59,483
144,692
157,227
130,223
141,504
139,276
152,312
56,278
61,358
150,702
163,704
135,631
147,334
177,836
194,970
67,885
74,220
168,965
184,026
152,068
165,623
181,107
198,496
69,625
76,095
174,974
190,503
157,476
171,452
130,770
143,144
51,753
56,482
135,078
146,864
121,570
132,178
133,715
146,317
53,319
58,170
140,486
152,693
126,437
137,424
172,601
189,329
65,101
71,219
159,350
173,663
143,415
156,296
175,546
192,502
66,667
72,907
164,758
179,492
148,282
161,543
Note 1: 1.28 t per household, with collection of waste from 80% of households
Note 2: with an increase in diversion rates, reduced quantities of waste goes into each household bin, i.e. a % of 1.28 t
Note 3: The impact of 100% collection participation by households is an increase in total waste arisings by 6% for the design year.
Plan
Page 125 of 177
June 2006
As shown in Table 8.4, a number of scenarios were examined to determine the most realistic
range of tonnages that will require management. The minimum and maximum ranges have
been excluded. Realistically it is estimated that there will be a 80% coverage by household
collection services in the region. The realistic range is based on:
-
a 10% decrease in household waste arisings
a 50% increase on reported commercial waste arisings
This “realistic” range gives a fairly tight band of facility requirements as set out in Table 8.5 and
is summarised below:
Table 8.5:
Design Year 2011
Fraction
Dry Recyclables(1)
Organics (2)
Thermal (3)
Landfill
Residual (Total)
Range
minmax
B (t)
C (t)
130,770
51,753
121,570
13,508
135,078
181,107
69,625
157,476
17,493
174,974
Range
realistic
A (t)
D (t)
172,601
65,101
143,415
15,935
159,350
177,836
67,885
152,068
16,897
168,965
No. of main
facilities
realistic
range
5
2
1
1
1
Note 1 dry recyclables, 172,000 tpa to 177,000 tpa or typically 5-6 facilities in the range of capacities of 25,000 tpa to
30,000 tpa
Note 2 organics, 65,000 tpa to 68,000 tpa or typically 2-3 facilities in the range of capacities of 25,000 tpa to 30,000 tpa
Note 3 residual landfill/thermal, 143,000 tpa to 170,000 tpa or one facility of each type in the capacity range of 150,000
tpa.
8.2.1. Short Term Requirements
Table 8.5 also gives an insight into the capacity required in the short term to cover the period
2005 - 2011 while recycling increases from a low level at present to required levels by 2011.
Within the “realistic” range (A and D), there is an immediate requirement for disposal of between
338,377 tpa to 352,822 tpa. This will reduce to between 159,350 tpa to 168,965 tpa by 2011
with the provision of an integrated waste facility, (comprising thermal treatment, associated
transfer systems, biological and dry material recovery facilities) and less than half of this range
again thereafter.
To cater for this short term deficiency within the region, landfill capacity should be maintained
and/or developed either by extension and/or development of at least one significant (capacity
>150,000 tpa) facility. It may also be prudent to progress a second new facility to
preconstruction stage (in the event of delays in the procurement process of the regional
integrated facility) and to ensure the region is self sufficient in this transition period.
This phasing of facilities requires co-ordination between the authorities to avoid excess capacity
and hence excessive cost/expenditure. Required capacity should be jointly developed as this
provides the best opportunity to develop value for money short term solutions.
Plan
Page 126 of 177
June 2006
In the case where the public sector landfill capacity is insufficient there is also a role for the
private sector in the provision of residual landfill capacity in accordance with diversion targets
set out in the Plan and the Landfill Directive.
Prior to the implementation of the integrated waste treatment facilities (including thermal
treatment) the Plan anticipates that approximately 5 - 10 % of the anticipated biodegradable
waste generated in the Region will require an alternative management strategy to comply with
the Landfill Directive. The possible short term options may include:
•
•
Plan
Inter regional waste movement (which is currently the position)
Other waste treatment outside the Region subject to compliance with the Landfill
Directive.
Page 127 of 177
June 2006
9. POLICY DEVELOPMENT
The principal aim of the Waste Management Plan for South East Region is to ensure that both
European and National waste management policies are achieved. In the preparation of this
Plan different waste management scenarios were reviewed.
This section of the plan outlines the scenarios that were examined with the aim of determining
the most comprehensive waste management solution for MSW arisings in the South East
Region. The scenarios consist of components (different waste management techniques) which
are part of an overall integrated waste management system. In each scenario, all organic waste
and dry recyclables collected are processed in the same manner. The variation between the
scenarios relates to the different options considered for the treatment of the residual waste
component.
9.1.
Waste Management Scenarios
In the Joint Waste Management Plan for the South East Region (2002), four scenarios were
defined and these covered the entire range of waste management options. These scenarios
were:
Scenario 1
Zero Waste to landfill
Inspired by the general wish to avoid landfilling and based on very high recycling
rates. When the integrated biological treatment facilities are in place, the
collection system is expanded to a three-bin system for the entire region. Dry
material recovery facilities are required.
Scenario 2
Waste Treatment and Residual to Landfill
Quite similar to scenario 1. However, the recycling rates have been reduced
compared to scenario 1 to more realistic and achievable rates. Scenario 2 also
requires a three-bin system.
Scenario 3
Thermal Treatment Scenario
This scenario requires a thermal treatment facility. In this scenario the two-bin
collection system is maintained for the entire period of the plan. This means that
organic waste, which is not home composted, will go into the bin with residual
waste and is disposed of by thermal treatment.
Scenario 4
Full Range Treatment Scenario
This scenario is a combination of scenario 2 and 3 and is an integrated waste
management approach including biological treatment, dry materials recovery,
and thermal treatment. The two-bin system has been maintained for the rural
areas for the entire period of the plan, whereas an additional bin for organic
waste will be required in urban areas, when the integrated facilities are in place.
Plan
Page 128 of 177
June 2006
Scenario 4 was considered to be the most appropriate waste management system after
environmental, financial and resourcing impacts were assessed. This review resource
compares thermal treatment with waste recovery/stabilisation options (for residual work) such
as mechanical biological treatment (MBT). The four waste management scenarios being
examined for this review process for the South East are:
Scenario 1:
Scenario 2a:
Scenario 2b:
Scenario 3:
9.2.
full recycling/recovery with residual to landfill only
full recycling/recovery with residual to a Mechanical Biological Treatment (MBT)
facility and thermal treatment
full recycling/recovery with residual to MBT facility and landfill
full recycling/recovery with residual to thermal treatment and landfill
Scenario Components
The following phrases and acronyms are used in the discussion of the waste management
scenarios:
Full recycling/ recovery- This applies to the dry recyclables bin (bin 1) and the organic bin (bin
2). Dry recyclables are recovered in a MRF and organic wastes are composted for beneficial reuse.
Residual waste (bin 3) is the waste fraction remaining after removal of dry recyclables and
organic material from the waste stream at source.
The scenarios consider the three main components to municipal waste, which are:
•
•
•
household
commercial
industrial
The four scenarios are identical as regards waste collection systems (3-bin collection system).
Materials which are collected from the three bin system, the network of bring centres and
recycling centres will be processed as follows:
Dry Recyclable Collection
Recyclable materials will be recovered in a dry Material Recovery Facility (MRF). Sorting
equipment and or picking lines will separate the waste into paper, cardboard, ferrous metals,
non-ferrous metals and plastic fractions.
Organic Waste Collection
The organic fraction of MSW will be biologically treated for beneficial reuse.
Plan
Page 129 of 177
June 2006
Residual Waste Collection
There are four options for management of the residual bin:
•
•
the residual waste goes straight to residual landfill (without further processing)
pre-treatment in a MBT facility prior to landfill disposal
o
o
pre-treatment in a MBT facility prior to recovery in a thermal (waste to energy)
facility with the non-combustible waste materials and ash landfilled
recovery in a thermal (waste to energy) facility with the non-combustible waste
materials and ash landfilled.
The scenarios vary in the options available for the treatment or disposal of the residual waste
originating from the 3-bin collection system which will be provided to the household and
commercial sectors. Figure 9.1 outlines the different pathways for each of the three bins.
Figure 9.1:
Pathways for the Treatment and Disposal of the 3-bin Collection
System
Total Waste
Civic Amenity
Centres &
Bring Banks
Bin 1
Dry Recyclables
MRF
Bin 2
Organic Waste
Biotreatment
Bin 3
1
Residual Waste
Options
Landfill Only
MBT & Thermal
MBT & Landfill
3
Thermal & Landfill
Process
Residual Waste2
1
This residual waste is waste that cannot be recycled/recovered or composted economically or at all
Process Residual waste arises after the processing of waste at a material recovery facilities and biological treatment
facilities. This is waste that has been placed in the wrong bin or which is contaminated and cannot be recycled i.e. dirty
paper, composite materials etc.
3
20 – 23% of a thermal treatment plant input corresponds to the quantity of bottom ash produced. Provision for bottom
ash management will be provided in the Region. Fly ash will more likely be managed in the short to medium term in an
approved facility.
2
The design year for the provision of the dry material recovery and biological waste treatment
facilities is 2009. The use of the year 2009 was to coincide with the next major Landfill Directive
target. The use of the year 2011 for the provision of the thermal treatment facility is in keeping
with the design year used in the Joint Waste Management Plan for the South East (2002) for
comparative purposes with the original Plan.
The scenario assessment does not account for the portions of waste categories such as
industrial waste which, at present, are managed by the industries themselves and so do not
enter the normal collection/disposal regime.
Plan
Page 130 of 177
June 2006
9.2.1. Scenario 1 – Full Recycling/Recovery with Residual to Landfill only
This scenario assumes that the existing 1-bin and 2–bin system for residual waste and dry
recyclables is expanded to a 3-bin system where a third bin is added for organic waste
collection. The waste infrastructure required in this scenario is:
•
•
•
•
•
•
home composting (in rural areas not provided with a 3-bin collection system)
network of bring banks and recycling centre sites
transfer station(s)
biological treatment facility(s)
dry material recovery facility(s)
residual landfill(s)
Garden waste from households is assumed to be brought by the public to recycling centres for
subsequent treatment at a biological treatment plant together with the organic waste originating
from the household and commercial sectors.
Scenario 1 assumes that all waste originating from the residual bin (bin-3) is landfilled. Figure
9.2 outlines the pathways for each of the three bins in Scenario 1.
Figure 9.2:
Pathways for the treatment and disposal of the 3-bin system in
Scenario 1
Total Waste
Arisings
Civic Amenity
Centres &
Bring Banks
Bin 1
Dry Recyclables
MRF
Bin 2
Organic Waste
Biotreatment
Process
Residual Waste2
Plan
Bin 3
Residual Waste
Landfill Only
Page 131 of 177
June 2006
9.2.2. Scenario 2a and 2b – Full Recycling/Recovery with Residual to a MBT
Facility followed by Thermal Treatment or Landfill
This scenario assumes that the residual waste collected in bin 3 is processed at a mechanical
biological treatment (MBT) facility. This will result in the stabilisation of the biodegradable
fraction of the residual waste stream. Recyclable fractions present in the residual bin such as
glass, metals and plastic are recovered during the process. The waste that is processed through
these facilities is not 100% recyclable which results in a residue from the process. This residue
is termed “dross” which is a combination of textiles, paper/cardboard and organics. This dross
can be either thermally (combustible products only) treated (scenario 2a) or landfilled (scenario
2b).
Scenario 2 (a) and (b) requires:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Home composting (in rural areas where there is no 3-bin collection system in place)
Network of bring banks and recycling centres
Transfer station(s)
Biological treatment facility(s)
Dry material recovery facility(s)
Mechanical Biological Treatment (MBT) facility
Residual landfill(s)
Thermal treatment facility
Figures 9.3 and 9.4 outline the pathways for each of the three bins in Scenario 2 (a) and (b).
Figure 9.3:
Pathways for the Treatment and Disposal of the 3-bin System in
Scenario 2 (a)
Total Waste
Arisings
Civic Amenity
Centres &
Bring Banks
Bin 1
Dry Recyclables
Bin 2
Organic Waste
Process
Residual Waste*
Bin 3
Residual Waste
MBT
landfill
1
This residual waste is waste that can not be recycled/recovered or composted
Process Residual waste arises from after the processing of waste at a material recovery facility, bring banks, biological
treatment facilities. This is waste that has been placed in the wrong bin or which is contaminated and cannot be
recycled i.e. dirty paper, wrong coloured glass. Process residual waste may not necessarily be disposed of in the
county of origin
2
Plan
Page 132 of 177
June 2006
Figure 9.4:
Scenario 2 (b)
Total Waste
Arisings
Civic Amenity
Centres &
Bring Banks
Bin 1
Dry Recyclables
Bin 2
Organic Waste
Process
Residual Waste*
Bin 3
Residual Waste
MBT
thermal treatment
facility
9.2.3. Scenario 3 – Full Recycling/Recovery with Residual to Thermal
Treatment and Landfill
In Scenario 3, there is full recovery/recycling of the dry recyclable and organic bins. The third
bin, except the non-combustible waste fraction is thermally treated. Scenario 3 requires:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
home composting (in rural areas not provided with a 3-bin collection system)
network of bring banks and civic amenity sites
transfer station(s)
biological treatment facility(s)
dry material recovery facility(s)
thermal treatment facility(s)
residual landfill(s)
Page 133 of 177
June 2006
Figure 9.5 outlines the pathways for each of the three bins in Scenario 3.
Figure 9.5:
Scenario 3
Total Waste
Arisings
Civic Amenity
Centres &
Bring Banks
Bin 1
Dry Recyclables
MRF
Bin 2
Organic Waste
Biotreatment
Process
Residual Waste
Bin 3
Residual Waste
Thermal
Landfill
(ash + Non
combustibles)
20 – 23% of a thermal treatment plant input corresponds to the quantity of bottom ash
produced. Provision for bottom ash management will be provided in the Region. Fly ash will
more likely be managed in the short to medium term in Germany/Norway.
9.3.
Recycling and Collection Efficiencies of Waste
The four scenarios are identical as regards collection systems (3-bin system) and treatment
systems for recycling/recovery of the dry recyclables and biowaste. The waste stream collected
in the three bins can be broadly divided into the following waste fractions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
glass
paper and cardboard
metal including drink cans
plastics
textiles
organic waste – this includes both garden or green waste and biological/ organic waste
e.g. food waste
other waste
Separately Collected waste from the household, commercial/industrial sectors will be treated
using various techniques as outlined in Scenarios 1–3. The quantity of waste that will enter the
different waste management routes will be defined by the following factors:
•
•
•
composition
collection efficiency
recycling efficiency
Tables 9.1 and 9.2 outline the different composition, collection and recycling efficiencies of
household, commercial and industrial waste airings.
Plan
Page 134 of 177
June 2006
Table 9.1:
Collection and Recycling of Household Waste
Waste Fraction
Composition
%
Suggested
Frequency
(per annum)
Bring Banks
26
26
26
2
26-52
26
Glass
4
Paper and Cardboard
22
Metal including cans
4
Plastic
12
Textiles
4
Organic Waste
35*
Other waste
19
Total
100
* 4 % of this total is assumed to be home composted
Waste
accounted
for
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Collection
Efficiency
70%
60%
70%
70%
40%
50%
100%
Recycling
Efficiency
95%
75%
95%
70%
60%
80%
0%
To explain Table 9.1 and the other tables which follow, the example of ‘paper and cardboard is
taken from Table 9.1:
•
Waste fraction
-
•
Composition
-
•
•
Frequency
Waste accounted for
-
•
Collection efficiency
-
•
Recycling efficiency
-
Refers to the generic waste fraction for that element,
expressed as a % of the total household waste stream
22% of the household waste stream is paper and cardboard
including magazines, packaging etc
26, the number of collections per year, in this case fortnightly
100%, in this case all types of paper/cardboard used in the
household is collected, (however some may not be in the right
bin or is not recyclable i.e. soiled. etc.)
60%, only 60% of the paper/cardboard fraction ends up in the
correct bin. The remaining 40% is assumed placed in the
residuals bin and goes to pre-treatment and or disposal
75%, only 75% of the collected paper/cardboard is recyclable,
the remaining 25% is dross/soiled/rejected and is sent for
disposal (to landfill/thermal treatment).
The frequency of collection specified in Table 9.1 reflects the number of waste collection per
annum. Ideally organic waste will be collected weekly in order to avoid odour nuisances from
decomposing waste, especially in the summer season and to ensure efficient
composting/biotreatment. The frequency may be reduced to once a fortnight in the winter due
to lower ambient temperatures and less garden waste.
Textiles are to be collected only twice a year through special campaigns and glass is brought to
the nearest bring centre/civic amenity.
The separate collection will require a 3-Bin system. The three bins are for dry recyclables,
organic/green waste and residual waste.
The three fractions paper/cardboard, metal and plastic are placed in the bin at the household for
“dry recyclables”. These should be clean and kept segregated from other material to avoid
contamination.
It is assumed that not all recyclables are correctly disposed of in the 3-Bin system and some
recyclables will be unfit for recycling i.e. soiled paper as explained above.
The “organic waste” (garden and household organic) is assumed to be biologically treated. It is
assumed that 4% of the total household waste is home composted and thus is not included in
the overall organic composition for household waste.
Plan
Page 135 of 177
June 2006
Other waste, which is not collected for recycling, will have a recycling rate of zero in a disposal
only scenario.
Industrial and commercial sectors are assumed to have slightly higher collection frequencies
and recycling efficiencies than those of household waste. Organic waste not collected in the bio
bin is assumed to end up with residual waste fraction.
The collection frequency is not considered relevant for these sectors with the exception of
organic waste, which should be collected frequently to avoid nuisance issues and to minimise
treatment issues at the biotreatment facilities. They use existing waste collection schemes,
organised by the private sector. Table 9.2 show the generation and treatment of both
commercial and industrial waste.
Table 9.2:
Collection and Recycling of Commercial and Industrial Waste
Waste Fraction
Composition
%
Frequency
(per annum)
Commercial Collections
Collection
Efficiency
%
80
60
Recycling
Efficiency
%
95
75
Glass
Paper and
Cardboard
Metal including cans
Plastic
Textiles
Organic Waste
Other waste
Total
7*
49
3
10
1
21
9
100
80
75
50
80
100
95
80
60
85
0
*or bring banks
Plan
Page 136 of 177
June 2006
10. POLICY DECISION MAKING CRITERIA
The formulation of the waste management policy for the Region is based on the following
criteria, each of which received equal weighting:
1.
2.
3.
Environmental assessment of recommended waste management scenarios
Ability to meet European and National waste management targets
Financial Cost
10.1.
Environmental Assessment of Recommended Waste Management
Scenarios
An environmental assessment was carried out to assess the relative environmental impacts of
each of the waste management scenarios. This assessment follows broadly the methodology
for a life cycle assessment (LCA) as laid down in ISO 14040. A full report on the life cycle
assessment is included in Appendix 10.1.
The LCA study systematically addresses the environmental aspects of the systems from
material acquisition to final disposal. In this case the product system is the waste management
process. The goal of the study is to identify the environmental aspects of waste management
scenarios under examination as part of the review of the waste management plan. The purpose
of the assessment is to allow a critical comparison of waste management system scenarios’
environmental performance to assist in the decision making process.
It should be noted that a life cycle assessment is an environmental management tool used to
understand and compare the environmental burdens of an integrated waste management
system. It does not represent a complete environmental assessment of any waste management
system, technology or specific proposal. The assessment takes no account of site specific or
regional risk factors. These will be taken account of during the statutory environmental impact
assessment (EIA) and/or planning procedures prior to the implementation of specific facilities.
For this environmental assessment the system boundary for each scenario commenced at the
waste collection point and finished when the waste was recycled, treated and/or deposited. The
material is in the system once it was collected at the household or premises or from the civic
amenity sites. The end point of the system was when the waste regains value as a raw
material, product or when the material is disposed.
The emissions generated during the treatment and disposal of the waste were considered.
Avoided emissions, for example, electricity generated by burning landfill gas or thermal
treatment were also considered in this study. An environmental burden is defined as “energy
and raw materials used and waste released to air, water and land”. The model is based on the
calculation of the relative environmental burdens associated with each of the waste
management activities. The replacement of energy to the environment by electricity generation
for example thermal treatment or burning landfill gas is taken into account as emission credits.
The environmental burdens are classified into Environmental Impact Categories.
Plan
Page 137 of 177
June 2006
The selection of impact categories for the waste management assessment follows from the goal
and scope of the assessment. The major environmental impact categories have been
considered as well as toxicity impact potentials. In the assessment the emissions have been
categorised into six environmental impact categories:
•
•
•
acidification
photochemical ozone
creation
eutrophication
Table 10.1:
•
•
•
Human Toxicity Potential
Ecological Toxicity Potential
global climate change
Summary of Environmental Performance Indicators used in
Assessmentxiv
Environmental
Effect
Expressed in Terms of
Environmental
Performance
Indicator Name
Reference
Chemical
Human Toxicity
Potential
Toxicity for humans resulting
from dispersion in the
environment
HTP
Human Toxicity
Potential
Ecological Toxicity
Potential
Toxicity for the aquatic
(freshwater) ecosystem
resulting from dispersion in
the environment
ETP
Ecological Toxicity
Potential
1,4Dichlorobenzene
(emission to
atmosphere)
1,4Dichlorobenzene
(emission to
water)
Global Climate
Change
Heat-radiation absorption
capacity
GWP
Global Warming
Potential
CO2
Photochemical
Smog Creation
The change in ozone
concentration due to a change
in the emission concentration
of a chemical
Acidifying effect on the
ecosystem
POCP
Photochemical
Ozone Creation
Potential
AP
Acidification
Potential
EP
Eutrophication
Potential
Etylene
Acidification
Eutrophication
Contribution to the creation of
aquatic biomass
SO2
Phosphate
(released to
water)
Source: VNCI, Guideline Environmental Performance Indicators for the Chemical Industry – The EPI – method Version
1.1, Table, Page 8.
These impact categories are explained more fully in the ‘Data Analysis’ section of the main LCA
report. The data gathering philosophy for the study was to use data from published sources of
data where possible. Estimation or calculation of emissions was avoided in favour of measured
emissions. It is felt that this approach will reduce the scope for inaccuracy or error in the study.
Plan
Page 138 of 177
June 2006
10.1.1.
Results of the Assessment
There is no waste management scenario that performs the best in all environmental impact
categories. The interpretation of the results therefore requires consideration of the reasoning
behind the results and the explanations why the scenarios perform as they do in each of the
categories analysed. The results of the assessment are illustrated in Figures 10.1 – 10.6. In
each of the diagrams, Scenarios 1 -3 represent the following:
Scenario 1:
Full recycling/recovery with residual to landfill only
Scenario 2 (a): Full recycling/recovery with residual to a mechanical biological treatment (MBT)
facility and thermal treatment
Scenario 2 (b): Full recycling/recovery with residual to mechanical biological treatment (MBT)
and landfill
Scenario 3:
Full recycling/recovery with residual to thermal treatment with energy recovery
and residual to landfill
Acidification Potential
Acidification category results display a similar pattern to the POCP results. The acidification
potential results as shown in Figure 10.1 show the least impact potential resulting from the
thermal treatment options, with the pure thermal option coming out slightly better than MBT
thermal treatment of the residual waste stream. The emissions avoided through the generation
of electricity from the waste stream and the credits gained from recycling result in a negative
value for all scenarios. The greatest savings are through the avoidance of electricity generation
in traditional power plants.
Figure 10.1: Potential Impact on Acidification
Thermal
MBT & Landfill
Landfill
-5.00E+04
MBT & Thermal
Better
0.00E+00
Kg SO2-Eq
-1.00E+05
-1.50E+05
-2.00E+05
-2.50E+05
-3.00E+05
Note: Kg SO2-Eq is where sulphur dioxide (SO2) is used as an indicator compound (Eq) for all other potential
acidification compounds
Plan
Page 139 of 177
June 2006
Photochemical Ozone Creation Potential
The results of the analysis shown in Figure 10.2 show that the four scenarios have a ‘credit’
impact on the emission of potentially photochemical ozone (PDCP) creating substances. The
recycled material that is recovered from each of the scenarios results in significant credits for
the avoidance of emissions of POCP substances.
The scenarios which include thermal treatment also gain credit for the energy recovery from the
waste and will result in further credits for these scenarios. There is also a small credit for
avoided emissions associated with the energy generated from recovered landfill gas.
The results show that the scenarios with thermal treatment included as a waste option perform
particularly well. This is due to the displacement of electricity generation emissions.
The thermal treatment of the residual is deemed to be the most environmentally advantageous
option followed closely by the option of pre-treatment of waste in an MBT plant prior to
submission to a thermal treatment. The treatment of the residual waste in a MBT prior to
disposal to landfill is next after the thermal options with the scenario of sending residual waste
direct to landfill fairing worst in terms of POCP.
It is noted that photochemical ozone creation potential category is not a highly important
category in Ireland. Ireland has low concentrations of ground level ozone and photochemical
smog is not a large problem in this country. However the category has been included as an
interpretation category, in the main to allow comparison to other LCA studies.
Figure 10.2: Potential Impact for Ozone Creation
Kg Etylene-Eq
Thermal
MBT & Landfill
-4.00E+03
Landfill
-2.00E+03
MBT & Thermal
Better
0.00E+00
-6.00E+03
-8.00E+03
-1.00E+04
-1.20E+04
-1.40E+04
-1.60E+04
Note: Kg Ethylene-Eq is where Ethylene is used as an indicator compound (Eq) for all other potential ozone creating
compounds
Plan
Page 140 of 177
June 2006
Eutrophication Potential
Eutrophication potential results from the emission of nutrients to natural waters is shown in
Figure 10.3. The scenarios with high landfill volumes show the highest potential for
eutrophication causing emissions. The options with thermal treatment fair better than the landfill
options in the assessment. The thermal treatment performs best with the MBT pre-treatment
prior to thermal treatment performing second best.
Figure 10.3: Potential Impact for Eutrophication
3.50E+03
3.00E+03
Kg PO4-Eq
2.50E+03
2.00E+03
1.50E+03
1.00E+03
5.00E+02
0.00E+00
Landf ill
MBT & Landf ill
MBT & Thermal
Thermal
Note: Kg PO4-Eq is where phosphorous is used as an indicator compound (Eq) for all other potential ozone creating
compounds
Global Climate Change
The emission of global warming gases is greatest from the scenarios which depend heavily on
landfill as a disposal option. As methane has a Global Warming Potential 21 times greater than
carbon dioxide, waste management options that would result in a lowering of methane
emissions, for example thermal treatment will have a lower impact on global warming. The
results of the analysis are shown in Figure 10.4. Taking account of credits for recycling and
from energy recovery, the thermal treatment options have the lowest potential for emission of
global warming gases.
If there was greater energy recovery from the waste streams in the thermal treatment options –
such as through the use of heat energy – this would increase the credits gained from avoided
emissions for energy generation. Typically energy recovery with electricity only is in the order of
30 %, whereas with heat recovery this can increase to the region of 90 % energy recovery.
Plan
Page 141 of 177
June 2006
Figure 10.4: Potential for Global Warming
3.50E+07
3.00E+07
2.50E+07
Kg CO2-Eq
2.00E+07
1.50E+07
1.00E+07
5.00E+06
0.00E+00
Landf ill
MBT & Landf ill
MBT & Thermal
Thermal
-5.00E+06
-1.00E+07
-1.50E+07
Note: Kg CO2-Eq is where carbon dioxide (CO2) is used as an indicator compound (Eq) for all other global warming
compounds
Ecological Toxicity Potential
A review of the data shown in Figure 10.5 shows that waste management scenarios containing
the thermal treatment option have the lowest ecological toxicity potential. Because the thermal
treatment is strictly regulated and emissions tightly controlled, the emissions to air and water are
minimised. Consequently the ecological toxicity potential is lower than the scenarios containing
the landfilling option.
Figure 10.5: Potential Ecological Toxicity
Kg 1,4-Dichlorobenzene-Eq
Thermal
MBT & Thermal
-5.00E+05
MBT & Landfill
Landfill
0.00E+00
-1.00E+06
-1.50E+06
-2.00E+06
-2.50E+06
-3.00E+06
Note: Kg 1,4-Dichlorobenzene-Eq is where 1,4-dichlorobenze is used as an indicator compound (Eq) for all other
potential ecologically toxic compounds
Plan
Page 142 of 177
June 2006
Human Toxicity Potential
The waste management scenarios which depend on landfilling as a disposal option are shown
in Figure 10.6 to have a greater human toxicity potential than a thermal treatment option. This
is due to a combination of:
•
strict environmental controls i.e. air scrubbing devices and filters, associated with a
thermal treatment option
strict European and National legislation on allowable emission levels
avoided environmental burdens from the production of energy
•
•
The full recycling/recovery with residual to MBT and thermal with energy recovery scenario
involves another stage of recycling and this has associated environmental burdens for example
energy usage for MBT.
The landfilling and MBT scenario has a combination of environmental burdens associated with
energy usage in MBT and long-term emissions from landfilling operations. While landfilling is
‘credited’ with avoided emissions for gas utilisation for energy production, the quantities
produced would not be as great or as sustainable as from a thermal treatment plant.
Figure 10.6: Potential Human Toxicity
5.00E+05
Thermal
MBT & Thermal
-5.00E+05
MBT & Landfill
Landfill
Kg Kg 1,4-Dichlorobenzene-Eq
0.00E+00
-1.00E+06
-1.50E+06
-2.00E+06
Note: Kg 1,4-Dichlorobenzene-Eq is where 1,4-dichlorobenze is used as an indicator compound (Eq) for all other
potential ecologically toxic compounds
Plan
Page 143 of 177
June 2006
10.1.2.
Conclusion
All four waste management scenarios have some form of recycling associated with them. The
LCA shows that in the majority of cases, the recycling and electricity generation means that
environmental burdens are avoided. Hence they are expressed on the charts as a negative flux
value environmental impact potential. The environmental burdens associated with landfill and
options containing landfilling have the greatest impact on global warming potential and
eutrophication. This is a combination of the high global warming potential of methane
(generated from the biological breakdown of organic matter in landfills) from landfills and
leachate. While carbon dioxide (another greenhouse gas) emissions from thermal treatment
options are elevated their impact is much less because of the lower global warming potential of
carbon dioxide. In addition energy production from thermal treatment facilities reduces air
pollutants emitted during energy production by other means.
When the environmental burdens associated with the different waste management scenarios is
examined for local impacts, options containing thermal treatment are preferred. In all
environmental impact categories examined, the thermal treatment options resulted in avoided
environmental burdens.
The inclusion of transport emission data and the recycling targets sensitivity analysis performed
did not alter the ranking of the options.
Scenario 3 - thermal treatment with ash and non combustibles to landfill is the preferred option
from an environmental prospective. Accordingly, it should form part of the integrated waste
management approach (operating to Best Available Technology) and it is envisaged that
residual waste collected in the Region would be directed to such a thermal treatment solution in
order to ensure the viability of this integrated waste management approach in accordance with
the policy set out in section 11.5.
Figure 10.7: Summary of Relative Environmental Impact Potential
400.00%
Landfill Only
MBT & Landf ill
MBT & Thermal
Thermal
200.00%
0.00%
POCP
GW G
AP
EP
ETP
HTP
-200.00%
-400.00%
-600.00%
-800.00%
-1000.00%
-1200.00%
Plan
Page 144 of 177
June 2006
Ability to Meet European and National Waste Management Targets
Recycling is defined as recycling of materials obtained through the dry recyclable collection, the
organic collection and the recyclable fraction obtained through mechanical and thermal
treatment processes.
Materials recovery is defined as materials recovery which includes waste to energy and
stabilised material going to co-combustion or waste to energy facilities after pre-treatment in a
mechanical biological facility. Recovery also includes composting.
The residual that can not be recycled, recovered or thermally treated is landfilled.
The following table outlines the percentage of recycling, recovery and landfill for each of the
scenarios.
For any scenario involving thermal treatment the recovery percentage is higher than the
recycling percentage. This is because energy (heat) that is produced during the thermal
process can be recovered. Waste that cannot be recycled or recovered can be thermally
treated and therefore the percentage of residual waste (11 and 7% respectively for thermal or
thermal and MBT) going to landfill is much lower than the landfill only and MBT and landfill
scenarios (48 % and 32 % respectively).
Table 10.2
Recovery, Recycling and Disposal Indicators for each Scenario
Landfill
Thermal
MBT &
landfill
MBT &
Thermal
Recovery
Recycling
Landfill
49%
49%
48%
85%
50%
11%
65%
54%
32%
89%
54%
7%
Disposal outside of county (hazardous fly ash)
Disposal outside of county (dross from recycling)
0%
2%
1.3%
2%
0%
2%
1.0%
2%
Notes
The values shown above are based on the assumption that there is a 3-bin collection system and a biological
treatment plant to treat separately collected biowaste.
Some waste will be disposed of outside the Region, hazardous fly ash generated from thermal treatment has
to be disposed of to a hazardous waste landfill and if any recycling takes place outside the region or country,
the dross arising from that fraction will be managed there.
Materials for disposal are those residues, which are not recycled or recovered through
mechanical biological treatment facilities and/or thermal facilities. These would include low
quality stabilised compost from mechanical biological treatment systems.
Table 10.2 sets out in percentage terms the amount of landfilling, recycling and recovery that
occurs with each scenario. The scenario of MBT with thermal treatment has the higher
recycling and therefore overall recovery rate of 89%. This compares with 85% for thermal
treatment. If bottom ash recycling was implemented in both scenario’s, then overall recovery
rates would be similar at approximately 94%, with corresponding reduction in landfilling.
Additionally, approximately 24% recovery associated with MBT to thermal treatment in the short
to medium term will occur outside of the state, with no notional benefit accruing from energy
sales or bottom ash recycling. On balance, the environmental performance of both thermal
treatment and MBT with thermal treatment as viewed as equivalent (for MBT facilities operating
to a high standard), with thermal treatment higher ranked against lower efficiency MBT plants.
These scenarios are followed by MBT to landfill as third ranked, with landfill ranked fourth
(landfill is also non compliant as can be seen from Table 10.3).
Plan
Page 145 of 177
June 2006
The following table sets out the primary targets for the diversion of biodegradable waste from
landfill in the Landfill Directive and other national targets and degree of achievement. These
diversion targets are based on waste arisings for the baseline year of 1995.
Table 10.3:
Bio-Degradable Waste
Bio-degradable Waste
Landfill
MBT &
Thermal
MBT &
Landfill
Thermal
Target
to
divert
25%
of
biodegradable waste from landfill
(2006)
Target
to
divert
50%
of
(2009)
Target
to
divert
65%
of
(2016)
A diversion of 50% of overall
household waste away from
landfill (2013)
35% recycling of municipal waste
(2013)
Fails to meet targets
Meets targets
Exceeds Targets
It is clear from the tables that the landfill only option for residual wastes will not achieve
compliance with the landfill directive and accordingly further treatment of the materials collected
in the residual bin is required.
Solutions involving thermal treatment achieve (in relative terms) higher diversion from landfill
and higher recovery target rates.
10.2.
Financial Assessment
A financial assessment has been carried out on four (1, 2A, 2B, 3) waste management
scenarios for the region. They have been carried out over a twenty-year period and include the
operating and capital costs for the primary components of each scenario 2A, 2B and 3. For
these scenarios they do not include for operators profits, risk or procurement and design costs
and VAT. In relation to Scenario 1 (landfill only) a landfill gate fee of €85 per tonne has been
assumed. This landfilling gate fee has been applied in the financial modelling of the other three
scenarios where landfilling is involved. Total net present value costs for each scenario are
presented along with net present value costs per NPV tonne for comparative purposes.
Capital and operating costs are based on the year 2006 and are indicative comparative figures
for waste planning purposes. The model estimates an average NPC cost per tonne for various
scenarios. This cost per tonne is used to compare different solutions along with a total net
present value. It does not, however, reflect the anticipated final treatment costs which might
arise for example under a Public Private Procurement scheme. The reasons for this are e.g…:
•
Plan
The costs used are net costs. If contracted under a Design and Build contract the DB
contractor will charge a fee to provide this service/take this risk. This fee could well be
10-20% of the overall CAPEX.
Page 146 of 177
June 2006
•
•
•
•
Furthermore, if the plant is contracted through a DBFO type contract the DBFO contractor
will normally add an additional fee to the DB contract price and the annual OPEX. These
fees will depend on risk allocation and the competitive situation when bidding.
The technical risk of Energy from Waste (EFW) is low and this is expected to reduce the
risk premium for this type of facility vis-à-vis more untested ones.
Financing mechanism is unknown.
The facility is equipped with a turbine/generator with a view to exporting electricity from
the plant. CHP is not assumed. Excess heat is cooled from the facility on site. If heat
can be sold then treatment costs may be reduced.
A twenty-year planning period has been assumed covering the period 2006 - 2026.
The analysis is calculated using fixed costs assuming energy prices, operation and investment
costs remain constant throughout the twenty year period.
The real interest rate has been fixed at 5% per annum and is assumed valid for financing
investments.
Generated electrical power delivered from a waste facility to the public grid is considered to be a
sustainable power source with a sales price of 4 cent per kW hour. No allowance has been
made for green credits in the power sales price. Electrical supply power is typically in the range
of 8 – 8.5 cent per kW hour.
Miscellaneous consumables used in areas such as thermal treatment plants and mechanical
biological treatment facilities are included in the operational cost estimates.
The cost of dry materials recovery has been assessed at €83 per hour as a gate fee price, this
is made up of capital and operational expenditure components, of €24/tonne and €67/tonne
respectively. This price excludes Repak subsidies and the value of recyclables as these are
subject to fluctuation. In the case of recyclables, they may have a positive or negative value.
As a dry recyclable component of each scenario is similar this assumption does not impact on
the financial assessment of the disposal routes under the four scenarios.
A landfill tax of €15 per tonne until the year 2006 is assumed rising to a maximum of €25 per
tonne by the year 2008. Thereafter the landfill tax is assumed to remain stable at €25 per
tonne. Increases beyond this figure will have a negative impact on scenarios with larger
quantities for landfill disposal i.e. MBT to landfill scenario.
A comprehensive mechanical biological treatment plant is assumed, comprising mechanical
separation followed by anaerobic digestion and aerobic stabilisation of the biological waste
streams. For comparator purposes all stabilised outputs are either disposed of as Refuse
Derived Fuel (RDF) to thermal facilities or disposed to landfill. It is recommended that in
practice a facility may dispose of a combination of RDF and stabilised material. Other outputs,
i.e. glass, aluminium, steel and plastics, are recovered for sale.
10.2.1.
Waste Arisings
Reported waste arisings in the region are described in detail in Section 5. Projected waste
arisings are discussed in section 8. The annual waste streams for the base year of 2004 and
the target years of 2009 and 2016 are shown in Table 10.4 hereunder. These are the tonnages
used in the financial and scenario models. The household waste tonnages are estimated for the
baseline year, 2004 as, the number of households multiplied by a generation of 1.28 t per
household. A collection from 80% of households was assumed. Commercial waste is assumed
to arise at a 1:1 ratio to household waste in the South East Region (baseline year).
Plan
Page 147 of 177
June 2006
Table 10.4:
Projected Waste Arisings for the Region
Household
Total
10.2.2.
2004
156,550
141,279
297,859
2009
180,847
155,320
336,167
2016
200,058
175,440
375,498
Financial Model for Assessment of Scenarios
The financial model calculates the operational and capital expenditure costs for the primary
components of the waste scenarios as set out hereunder. The table illustrates the costs that
were considered in the model.
Process Elements
Provision of bins at households
Financial
No
Provision of bins to non households
No
Collection at households
Yes
Collection at commercial/industrial waste producers
No
Transfer costs of dry recyclables, all sectors
Yes
Bring systems, including bring banks and civic amenity sites
Yes
Transfer stations
Yes
Home Composting
No
Bio-treatment
Yes
Dry materials recovery facilities
Yes
Mechanical biological treatment facilities
Yes
Thermal treatment
Yes
Landfilling
Yes
Landfill taxes
Yes
Plan
Page 148 of 177
June 2006
The investment and operational costs assumed for each process element are set out in Table
10.5. For the collection, recycling and recovery systems these are set out as a cost per tonne
and are used to calculate the net present value of the core portion of the waste system,
comprising collection, biological treatment and dry materials recovery. These elements of the
waste collection system are the same for each of the four scenarios.
In relation to landfill, a gate price of €85 per tonne is assumed and in addition a landfill fax of
€25 per tonne is assumed post 2008.
Table 10.5
Investment and Operational Costs for Waste Services
Item
Facility
CAPEX
OPEX
-
€/t 164
Other
Costs/Income
--
Facility Size
t/a
1
3 Bin Collection
2
Civic Amenity
€/t 27
€/t 90
-
3
Bring Site
€/t 22
€/t 160
-
4
Dry Materials Recovery
€24
€/t 67
5
Biotreatment
€/t 28
€50
Transfer Cost
€/t 8
-
16,000 t/a
6
Landfill
-
€85
€25 (Landfill
Tax)
Market Gate
Fee
7
MBT with Residue to
Thermal
€69.4 m
€13.3 m
€.3 m income
150,000 t/a
8
MBT with Residue to
Landfill
Thermal Treatment
€69.4 m
€14.0 m
€1.1 m
150,000 t/a
€113 m
€8.7 m
€5.1 m
150,000 t/a
9
30,000
Within the overall waste collection system, all waste collection including treatment of recovered
materials is covered by Items 1 to 5 and their costs are expressed in Euros per tonne. All costs
are current in the First Quarter of 2006.
Landfilling for modelling purposes is expressed as gate fee per tonne of input tonne, landfill tax
over the modelling period is assumed at €25/tonne.
For each of the three residual waste management systems the capital value is given in Column
3 and annual operational costs are given in Column 4, annual operational cost are nett cost with
appropriate allowances for revenue streams.
10.2.3.
Financial Evaluation
The financial evaluation is carried out for the management options for the residual bin separate
to the collection, recycling and materials recovery elements as these are common to all
scenarios. The distinguishing component between each scenario is a method of treatment for
the residual waste fraction or “grey bin”. The costs from the financial model for the core
elements comprising collection, biological treatment and dry materials recovery are set out in
Table 10.6.
Plan
Page 149 of 177
June 2006
The costs from the financial model for each of the four scenarios in terms of net present value
for a twenty year horizon and net present value on a per tonne basis are set out in Table 10.7.
Table 10.6:
Financial Evaluation (Core Cost – Nett Present Value (NPV))
Collection, Transfer, Bio-treatment and Materials
Recovery
Table 10.7:
NPV (20 year)
B€
1.130
NPV/tonne
€/t
205
Financial Evaluation (Residual Waste Disposal Cost – Nett Present
Value (NPV))
Net
Present
Value (20 year)
Net
Present
Value per tonne
Scenario 1
Landfill
Scenario 2A
MBT to landfill
Scenario 3
Thermal
treatment
296 m€
Scenario 2B
MBT to thermal
treatment
(outside country)
288 m€
258 mE
110 €/t
126 €/t
123 €/t
92 €/t
215 m€
In addition, a sensitivity analysis on the MBT options was also carried out. This comprised
optimising the energy recovery from the anaerobic digestion plant, which achieves an
approximately €5/tonne reduction in gate fees. Aerobic stabilisation only was also considered,
producing a refuse derived fuel, which achieves an approximately €2/tonne reduction in gate
fees. The most significant cost and highest risk item within the MBT scenarios is the disposal of
stabilised material and soiled paper and caseboard. In the short to medium term, the market
approach to this material is unlikely to change significantly and accordingly these materials
attract a transportation/disposal charge or disposal charge respectively.
At present (2006), there are no RDF thermal treatment facilities or co-combustion facilities for
RDF proposed in the Irish market. The disposal of RDF outside of Ireland, accordingly, attracts
a transportation (shipping and handling) and disposal charge.
The financial calculations show that the thermal treatment option is the most cost effective.
Further details of the financial calculations are contained in Appendix 9.1.
Plan
Page 150 of 177
June 2006
10.3.
Summary
The outcome of the environmental, resource and financial assessments are set out in Table
10.8.
Table 10.8:
Environmental, Resource and Financial Assessment Summary of
each of the Scenarios (2011) (Ranking)
Environmental Comparator
Scenario 1 landfill
Scenario 2(a)
MBT & Landfill
Scenario 2(b)
MBT & Thermal
Scenario 3
Thermal
Local
4th
Global
4th
Financial
Comparator
Residual Waste
Treatment
Non Compliant
N/A
rd
3
2
nd
2
2
2
1st
1st
1st**
1st
3
rd
Resource
Comparator
nd
rd
3
nd*
3rd
nd
In summary, both thermal options show a greater performance over the two landfill options.
Residual waste to landfill without pre-treatment will be non-compliant will EU targets after 2009.
At the time of writing (March 2006, the DoEHLG on behalf of the state were seeking a
derogation with respect to the landfill directive target years).
As noted in the financial comparator section a landfill disposal cost of €110 per tonne was
utilised in the financial assessment of the three remaining scenarios. This landfill gate fee
comprises a disposal charge of €85 per tonne and a landfill tax of €25 per tonne.
In terms of environmental and resource comparators thermal treatment and mechanical
biological treatment followed by thermal treatment of residues is sensitive to the form of MBT
facility provided, on balance taken into account the variety of technologies utilised within MBT,
current issues with residue disposal versus the proven environmental and resource
performance of thermal treatment that a thermal treatment is ranked first in these categories.
Finally the financial comparison shows a gate fee cost differential between mechanical and
biological treatment with thermal treatment and the thermal treatment option of approximately
30%.
Accordingly Scenario 3 with thermal treatment of residual waste stream is the preferred option
to form part of integrated waste management approach in the south east region.
*
Some of the recycling and a significant percentage of the recovery will occur outside of
the state.
**
Recycling of bottom ash and recovery of heat in the future is not taken into account.
Accordingly Scenario 3 with thermal treatment of the residual waste stream in the preferred
option to form part of an integrated waste management approach in the South East Region.
Plan
Page 151 of 177
June 2006
11. SPECIFIC POLICY AND OBJECTIVES FOR THE REGION
The Primary Objective of the Plan is to secure the best environmental management of all waste
including preventing and minimising the generation of waste wherever practicable.
In order of priority, waste must be prevented, minimised, used, recycled, recovered and
disposed of safely, having regard to public health and environmental protection, occupational
hazards in waste handling as well as having regard to the best value solution.
There were 3 criteria, each of which receives equal weighting, used in the devising of the
specific policy of this Plan. These criteria were environmental and health impacts, ability to
meet the necessary targets and financial assessment.
The specific policy and objectives of the South East Waste Management Region (Region) are
set out hereunder and grouped into the following sections:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Waste Treatment/Final Disposal
Unauthorised Landfilling
Location of Waste Management
Facilities
•
•
•
11.1.
•
Litter Prevention
Sludge Management
National Hazardous Waste
Management Plan
Market Development
Policy on Joint Management and
Procurement
Complaints
The aims of the waste management plan are to:
•
•
•
Minimise waste production
Recover waste
Promote waste prevention
•
•
Recycle waste
Manage waste in the
environmental manner
most
appropriate
The regions awareness programme will be based on the national “Race Against Waste”
campaign and tailored to develop local and regional campaigns.
Public awareness initiatives will lay the communications foundation for important events around
which the plan will be delivered. These include:
•
•
•
Roll-out of new collection schemes and methods
Increasing and maintaining public participation in recycling initiatives etc.
Establishment of the necessary waste management infrastructure
In the procurement of waste services for the implementation of this plan, all or a portion of the
public awareness and education initiatives may be transferred to the contracting entity/private
sector.
Plan
Page 152 of 177
June 2006
11.2.
The 1989 community strategy for waste prevention set outs 3 fundamental concepts behind EU
waste strategy:
•
•
•
waste prevention
waste recovery
waste disposal
The most recent Sixth Environmental Action Programme outlines four main waste related aims
and these are to:
•
•
•
•
develop a thematic strategy on sustainable use and management of resources
develop and implement measures on waste management and prevention
develop a thematic strategy on waste recycling
revise the legislation on waste
To implement the Sixth Environmental Action Programme at local level the Region will target the
following key areas for specific action:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Drawing up estimates of materials and waste stream flows within, into or out of the
Region
Raising awareness of the public’s potential contribution to waste reduction
Developing further indicators in the field of waste management
Develop and implementing measures aimed at ensuring source separation and the
collection and recycling of priority waste streams
The appointment of a Green Business Officer to promote waste prevention initiatives may
be considered by each of the Local Authorities within the Region
The Region intends to apply for funding under the Local Authority Prevention
Demonstration (LAPD) programme for a waste prevention initiative within the region.
Meeting these requirements will be achieved partly by a comprehensive and pro-active waste
education and awareness campaign focusing on the public and commercial sectors. The theme
of these local (and regional) initiatives will complement the initiatives under the “Race Against
Waste” campaign and other National initiatives such as the National Waste Prevention
Programme.
National Waste Prevention Programme
It will be the policy of the Region to promote the objectives of the National Waste Prevention
Programme. These objectives will be achieved through education and awareness with the
ultimate aim of decoupling waste generation and economic growth. The Waste Prevention
Programme will target six key waste streams:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Agriculture – waste packaging, oily sludges, sheep dip, farm plastics
Industry – small to medium size enterprises
Construction and demolition waste
Mining and quarrying waste – stone and quarrying activities
Municipal waste
Hazardous waste
Waste streams subject to producer responsibility initiatives will be included.
Plan
Page 153 of 177
June 2006
11.3.
It is the policy of the Region to promote and apply a “pay-by-use “charging system for all
municipal solid waste (MSW) collections. Acceptable pay by use mechanisms are to:
•
•
•
•
pay-by-tag
pay-by-lift
pay-by-weight
pay-by-volume
A flat charge only is no longer acceptable for the collection of MSW. However any of the
“mechanisms” above together with a flat charge is acceptable.
Policy in relation to charging will be kept under review by the Region and adjusted as required.
The Region may produce common guidelines and/or Bye-Laws to implement pay-by-use policy.
In accordance with the Landfill Directive, it is the policy of the Region that waste prior to land
filling will be pre-treated. Accordingly, source separation will be the minimum pre-treatment
requirement post 2008.
It is the policy of the Region to seek to achieve that 80-85% on average of all households in the
Region will have a waste collection service provided either by the Local Authorities and/or
private sector by 2008.
For the 15-20% of households that may not have access to a collection service the Region
proposes to adopt and implement the following waste management strategy:
•
•
Promotion and support for home composting
Identification, development and servicing of strategically located disposal outlets for dry
recyclables and residual waste
Apply the polluter pays principal to the collection of waste streams subject to resources
Implementation of an information and awareness campaign aimed at reducing the extent
of backyard burning and fly tipping in the region.
•
•
For the commercial/industrial sector all waste arisings will either be:
•
•
managed on site by segregation of waste under the Packaging Regulations, or
source segregated by the implementation of a 2-bin system (pre 2006) (dry recyclables
and residual waste) and collected by a permitted collector.
Not later than year end 2006, all waste collection services for household, commercial and
industrial in the region will comprise of a 2-bin system for dry recyclables and residual waste.
Dry recyclables will include (but not be limited to):
•
•
Paper/cardboard
Paper/cardboard packaging
•
•
Plastics
Metal containers
In the period post 2007, a 3 bin collection system will be mandatory throughout urban areas
greater that 1,000 persons in the region for household, industrial and commercial waste or as
otherwise determined by the Region. This third collection bin will be utilised to collect bio-waste.
Plan
Page 154 of 177
June 2006
The implementation of a three-bin collection system will be complete by end of 2008 for all
sectors unless otherwise determined by the Region.
It is the policy of this plan that the implementation of the 2 and 3 bin system for the region will be
enforced through the use of the Waste Management (Collection) Permit Regulations and/or
waste presentation Bye-laws.
The receptacles for the collection of organic, dry recyclables and residual waste will be to the
approval of the Region. This approval will include material type, receptacle type, size, colour
and condition. The Region may, if deemed appropriate, consider the use of microchips or other
electronic aids for waste receptacles and require the use of these electronic aids both in public
and private collections of household, commercial and industrial wastes.
Producer responsibility will ensure that wastes arisings are segregated, collected and properly
managed thereafter in permitted and/or licensed facilities.
The local authorities in the region may consider the introduction of common local bye-laws as
appropriate.
The Region will rigorously, enforce compliance with the waste collection permits issued to
include the auditing of the nature, origin and management of all waste collected. In the case of
non-compliance will take appropriate action which may include seeking to review, suspend or
terminate the collection permit of collectors. For all waste collections, the collector will
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Region, the nature, origin (by premises, commercial
and/or industrial enterprises etc), treatment and final disposal of all wastes collected. .
The Region will actively seek to enforce the requirements of the Waste Management
(Movement of Hazardous Waste) Regulations 1998 and the Waste Management (Transfrontier
Shipment of Waste) regulations 1998 in order to ensure that hazardous wastes are properly
managed from “cradle to grave”. This will include ensuring that all hazardous waste movements
in and out the region are accompanied by C1 consignment notes. The Region will also ensure
that hazardous waste produced within the region that is being exported from the region for
recovery or disposal is accompanied by the appropriate TFS notices.
It is a policy of this plan that residual waste collected within the Region will be directed under the
Waste Management (Collection) Permit Regulations or other appropriate regulatory or
enforcement measures to a nominated facility/facilities in accordance with law. In line with
Government policy and targets to divert residual waste from landfill, as set out in Section 1.5 of
this Plan, it is intended that a nominated facility for residual waste in accordance with this policy
will be an integrated waste facility incorporating thermal treatment and energy recovery to be
developed in accordance with this Plan.
It is the policy of the Region to carry out inspections and audits of facilities subject to waste
permits, along with visits to authorised waste collectors. Such activities will be prioritised on the
basis of factors such as the environmental significance of the activity and resource availability.
The Region will develop its methodologies to improve waste data statistics on the number of
householders participating in collection services and seek to identify disposal outlets for
householders not participating in collection services or who are unserviced.
The Region will have regard to the guidance document issued by the EPA in relation to the
recommended minimum criteria for environmental inspections (RMCEI).
It is an objective of this Plan that the Region will undertake waste characterisation studies on
each of the three bin waste streams.
The Region will have regard to the recommendations of the National Working Group on waste
collection permits and the revised collection permit regulations when published.
Plan
Page 155 of 177
June 2006
11.4.
Collection and recycling efficiencies for the component waste streams in household and
commercial/industrial waste are set out in Section 9. Waste collectors and operators of waste
infrastructure facilities either proposed or subject to review will demonstrate their degree of
compliance with these collection and recycling efficiencies to the appropriate local
authority/agency. The Region will have regard to the degree of compliance demonstrated when
evaluating waste collection and/or infrastructure permit applications or reviews.
The specific policy of the Region in relation to recovery/recycling efficiencies is to enable the
achievement of the targets set out hereunder:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plan
Home composting will be available to not less than 20% of urban households and 55% of
rural households by 2010.
The Region will provide or arrange for the provision of bring centres with the emphasis on
quality of location, presentation and range of receptacles. The Region will keep under
review the density of sites per thousand of population and the collection frequency
necessary to enhance the management of bring sites.
Proposed apartment and housing developments will be appropriately laid out to enable
the implementation of three bin collection systems.
For proposed apartment and housing developments the Region will ensure that these
developments are either serviced by existing infrastructure or make appropriate provision
for bring sites in their layout. Adequate access will be provided in developments to
service proposed bring sites.
The Region will provide or arrange for the provision of a minimum of 9 additional recycling
centres subject to resources and the PPP process.
The Region may require the inclusion of recycling centres as part of proposed waste
infrastructure. These sites will be provided and operated by the infrastructure provider to
the approval of the local authority and regulatory agencies. The scale and scope of these
sites will be appropriate to the scale of the proposed waste infrastructure
The Region will have regard to the range of recycling/recovery receptacles at recycling
centres and where appropriate will ensure that arrangements are in place for collection of
household hazardous waste and electronic waste and electric equipment (WEEE).
The Region will encourage the provision of local biological treatment for agricultural
wastes.
The Region will encourage the provision of dry material recovery facilities for source
segregated MSW.
The Region will encourage the provision of biowaste treatment facilities for source
segregated MSW
The Region will provide or arrange or facilitate for the provision of an appropriate number
of waste transfer facilities, to facilitate the movement of recyclables, biowaste and
residual waste to their respective treatment facilities.
The Region will provide for and or facilitate appropriate public information and awareness
campaigns to complement national awareness initiatives and to coincide with the rollout
of collection and waste infrastructure.
The Region will encourage and or facilitate and disseminate information on source
reduction and producer responsibility initiatives.
The Region will encourage the provision of an adequate range of waste recovery and
recycling infrastructure and will have due regard to the requirements of scale for
economic viability.
The Region will require developments (as determined from time to time by the local
authorities) to submit for approval a C+D waste management plan with planning
applications
Page 156 of 177
June 2006
As part of the provision of an integrated waste management system the Region may integrate
the existing Biological Treatment Facility at Waterford City and the existing Dry Materials
Recovery Facility at Dungarvan, Co. Waterford into the Public Private Partnership process.
11.5.
Waste Treatment
It is necessary for source segregated waste to be treated in the most appropriate manner to
optimise recovery, recycling and re-use. The specific policies of the Region with regard to the
primary waste fractions are as follows:
Organic Fraction
•
•
•
•
Encourage the provision of local biological treatment facilities for agricultural/other non
MSW bio wastes throughout the Region
Provision/promotion of home composting systems for household organics
Provision/promotion of a minimum of 9 recycling centres with provision for the collection
of green waste from householders
The Plan anticipates that by 2011 ~ 60,000 tonnes of recovered biological materials will
be generated in the Region. It is the policy of the Plan not to support the further
establishment of smaller biological facilities (particularly those of less than 25,000
tonnes). It is recognised that a number of smaller facilities currently operate in the
Region and it is not anticipated that this will change. The Region promotes the
establishment of larger facilities with a view to achieving economies of scale and to
ensure that proposed facilities are fully assessed by means of an environmental impact
assessment (EIA).
The Region will support the existing biological treatment facility at Six Mile Cross, operated by
Waterford City Council and promote the provision by the private sector of major materials
recovery facilities for the organic waste fraction elsewhere in the Region.
Provision/promotion of the use of green waste as amendment material in the larger scale
biological treatment facilities.
Failing this the provision/promotion of smaller windrow
composting facilities at suitable locations for green waste.
Dry Recyclables
The Region will support the existing facility at Dungarvan operated by Waterford County Council
and promote the provision by the private sector of major materials recovery facilities for dry
recyclables elsewhere in the Region. The Plan anticipates that by 2011 ~ 140,000 tonnes of
recovered dry materials will be generated in the Region. It is the policy of the Plan not to
support the further establishment of smaller dry material recovery facilities (particularly those of
less than 25,000 tonnes). It is recognised that a number of smaller facilities currently operate in
the Region and it is not anticipated that this will change. The Region promotes the
establishment of larger facilities with a view to achieving economies of scale and to ensure that
proposed facilities are fully assessed by means of an environmental impact assessment (EIA).
Residual Waste Treatment
Short term Requirements
It is the policy of the Region to ensure adequate residual landfill capacity in the region
particularly in the short term. This capacity may be provided either by the public or private
sectors.
Plan
Page 157 of 177
June 2006
Prior to the implementation of the integrated waste treatment facilities (including thermal
treatment) the Plan anticipates that approximately 5 - 10 % of the anticipated biodegradable
waste generation in the Region will require an alternative management strategy as set out
below to comply with the Landfill Directive or amendments thereof:
•
•
Inter regional waste movement (which is currently the position)
Other waste treatment outside the Region subject to compliance with the Landfill
Directive
As our need for energy increases, the recovery of energy trapped in waste materials can benefit
the environment by replacing energy from non-renewal sources. Even after extensive recycling,
the residual waste stream still has a high combustible content available for energy recovery.
It is a specific policy of this plan to recover and beneficially reuse this energy from the
combustible residual waste stream.
Energy Recovery
Residual waste – The Region will promote the recovery of energy from residual MSW by
means of thermal treatment with energy recovery either for electricity generation or
combined heat and power.
Landfilled waste – The Region will promote the recovery and utilisation, where practicable,
of landfill gas generated at existing landfills within the Region.
Agricultural biological wastes and industrial sludges – the Region will promote the recovery
of energy through appropriate processes.
Treatment of Residual Waste Stream
The Region will arrange for the provision of an integrated waste management system with
associated waste transfer, biological and material recovery facilities and including thermal
treatment with energy recovery by 2011.
The thermal treatment facility would have a capacity chosen to meet residual waste
disposal needs of the South East region while taking cognisance of the requirement of
economies of scale and value for money.
It is a policy of this plan that residual waste collected within the Region will be directed
under the Waste Management (Collection) Permit Regulations or other appropriate
regulatory or enforcement measures to a nominated facility/facilities in accordance with law.
In line with Government policy and targets to divert residual waste from landfill, as set out in
Section 1.5 of this Plan, it is intended that a nominated facility for residual waste in
accordance with this policy will be an integrated waste facility incorporating thermal
treatment and energy recovery to be developed in accordance with this Plan.
Plan
Page 158 of 177
June 2006
Final Disposal
Even after maximum recycling and recovery efforts, a residual waste stream will remain, it will
be necessary to deal with this as outlined below.
The specific policy for final disposal details necessary actions to be undertaken by the Region
as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Non-combustible residual waste is to be disposed of in residual landfills in the region.
Non- hazardous bottom ash from the thermal treatment process to be disposed of in
residual landfills in the region.
Untreated fly ash (hazardous waste) from the thermal treatment process to be managed
in an environmentally secure manner at an appropriate facility.
Excess residual waste which cannot otherwise be dealt with is consigned to residual
landfill in the region, pending provision of alternative or additional treatment/recovery
facilities in accordance with the Landfill Directive.
The Region will promote the provision of residual landfill capacity to deal with either inert,
non-combustible waste streams, bottom ash or excess residual waste by the public
and/or private sector.
Provision of other residual waste disposal facilities within the Region must demonstrate
compliance with the diversion targets set out in the Plan and the Landfill Directive.
Directing Waste
It is a policy of this plan that residual waste collected within the Region will be directed under the
Waste Management (Collection) Permit Regulations or other appropriate regulatory or
enforcement measures to a nominated facility/facilities in accordance with law. In line with
Government policy and targets to divert residual waste from landfill, as set out in Section 1.5 of
this Plan, it is intended that a nominated facility for residual waste in accordance with this policy
will be an integrated waste facility incorporating thermal treatment and energy recovery to be
developed in accordance with this Plan.
Litter Prevention
The Region will provide for street cleansing and enforcement of Litter Management Plans.
Sludge and Biosolids Management
It is the policy of this plan to ensure the full implementation of all Sludge Management Plans in
the region.
The Region will consider the co-treatment/disposal of other sludge/biosolids with residual MSW
where environmental and/or economic benefit would arise.
Plan
Page 159 of 177
June 2006
11.6.
National Hazardous Waste Management Plan
The EPA’s National Hazardous Waste Management Plan contains a variety of
recommendations which are directed towards state bodies and the private sector, including
central government, local authorities, hazardous waste contractors and industry.
In relation to the requirements specified as being vested with local authorities, the Region will:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
11.7.
Actively participate in any of the hazardous waste stakeholder groups proposed by the
EPA or by the Department of the Environment, Heritage and Local Government;
Actively seek to fully enforce the requirements of the Waste Management (Movement of
Hazardous Waste) Regulations 1998 and the Waste Management (Transfrontier
Shipment of Waste) Regulations 1998 in order to ensure that hazardous wastes are
properly managed from “cradle to grave”;
Play its part in the national effort to eliminate the existence of the small proportion of
hazardous waste which the National Hazardous Waste Plan defines as “unreported”. This
will be achieved by programmes of inspection of waste producers, public information
initiatives and by other similar schemes;
Seek to ensure that household hazardous waste is managed correctly and that there is
adequate infrastructure available in the Region for its collection and storage prior to
disposal at recycling centres and other facilities;
Encourage suppliers of hazardous waste management services to extend their operations
to include additional small businesses and the agricultural sector;
Identify sites where hazardous wastes have been stored or processed in the past, with a
view to carrying out a risk assessment of any long-term contamination and, in accordance
with the requirements of the National Hazardous Waste Plan, to maintain a register of
such locations.
The provision of mobile household hazardous waste collection systems will be kept under
review
Provision will be made at recycling centres for the collection of household hazardous
waste.
The priority waste streams include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Healthcare waste
Electrical and electronic waste
PCB’s
End of Life Vehicles
Batteries
Packaging waste
Waste oils
Tyres
Specific policies in relation to them are set out hereunder.
Plan
Page 160 of 177
June 2006
Non-Hazardous Healthcare Waste
•
•
•
•
It is the specific policy of the Region that as far as is practicable and subject to an
analysis of associated risk, all non-hazardous waste streams from residential/healthcare
facilities, will be source separated into the three primary components of dry recyclables,
organic waste and residual waste.
Healthcare waste will be collected by appropriately permitted collectors.
The Region will liaise with the Health Authorities with regard to facilities for collection and
recovery of selected waste streams.
The Region will examine in conjunction with the Health Authority the treatment of nonhazardous source separated food waste from healthcare facilities at appropriate facilities
within the region and its subsequent beneficial re-use.
Electrical and Electronic Waste
The Region will promote the achievement of the recovery rates set out in the Directive by:
•
Ensuring that all recycling centres have provision for the recovery of WEEE (it is noted
that the return of electronic and electric goods by householders is free of charge under
the Directive).
•
Raising awareness of the recycling of WEEE in order to achieve the target of an average
of 4 kgs of waste electronic and electrical equipment to be collected from each private
household per year by January 2006.
PCBs
The Region will enforce the Waste Management (Hazardous Waste) Regulations in order to
satisfy the requirements of the PCB Directive (96/59).
The Region will take measures to ensure that premises in which PCB’s are stored must be
appropriately labelled to alert the emergency services to their presence in the case of accident
or fire.
Through its responsibility to the C1 and TFS Regulations, the Region will ensure that premises
falling under the Regulations will dispose of PCBs to appropriate facilities.
Enhance awareness of the Regulations of the Directive and the requirements of the EPA’s
Management Plan for Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs).
End of Life Vehicles
The Region will regulate dismantling facilities to ensure that they are authorised and meet
certain environmental performance standards and defined recycling levels as set out in the
Directive.
The Region will promote the establishment of authorised facilities for the processing of end-oflife vehicles.
Plan
Page 161 of 177
June 2006
Batteries
The Region will:
•
•
•
•
Promote the requirements of existing and proposed Directives.
Continue to support the schools battery-recycling scheme.
Promote the provision of drop-off points for batteries at collection facilities.
Focus awareness and education initiatives on the hazards associated with batteries.
The Region will:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Promote the provision of mobile crushing and screening systems located at
existing/proposed waste facilities where practical (open for consideration at other
locations) in accordance with the objectives of the Irish National Construction and
Demolition Waste Council (NCDWC).
Promote the Draft Best Practice Guidelines on the Preparation of Waste Management
Plans for Construction and Demolition Projects
Promote and raise awareness on the Voluntary Industry Initiative aimed at increasing
minimisation and recycling rates of construction and demolition waste
Consult with the National Construction and Demolition (C&D) Waste Council (NCDWC) in
relation to any significant issues that may arise with regard to C&D.
Encourage the recovery of C&D, soil and stone at waste permitted sites. It is recognised
that there is a requirement for these facilities by both the public and private sector.
Encourage the establishment of a mobile crushing and screening plant. The Region will
consider the need for transfer stations for C&D waste.
Regularly review the types of waste which are collected at civic amenity facilities and may
facilitate the collection of the recovery of rubble and stone from householders and from
small builders if it is economical to do so.
Promote the provision, by the private sector, of the necessary infrastructure for the
recycling and recovery of C&D waste
In the exercise of its development management functions, (the local authority) will
encourage the provision of recycling facilities in appropriate quarry developments,
construction sites and landfills for the recycling/recovery of C&D waste. The Region will
promote the re-instatement of historical sites with appropriate material subject to site
suitability. These facilities may be subject to other statutory processes.
The Region has prepared guidelines for the preparation of site waste plans for use in
development management exceeding specified thresholds and will implement these.
Packaging Waste
The following specific policies will be followed for packaging waste recovery in the region:
•
•
•
Plan
The Region will work closely with Repak Ltd. to ensure that the quantity of packaging
required by the Packaging Regulations and the EU Directive are recycled within the
required timescales.
The Region will actively enforce the Waste Management (Packaging) Regulations with a
view to eliminating “free riders”, ensuring all major producers are either self-compliant or
Repak members and require the obligations on producers of packaging waste to be met.
The Region will provide information to all packaging producers in the region on the need
for compliance with the Packaging Regulations and with a view to increasing packaging
waste recovery. This information will also include material on the prevention of the
creation of packaging waste.
Page 162 of 177
June 2006
•
Having regard to land use planning and environmental considerations, Repak approved
waste contractors will be encouraged to establish and extend collection systems and
recycling facilities for packaging waste.
In order to facilitate the application of the “Polluter Pays Principle” and the collection and
recycling of packaging waste, all local authority household waste collection activities will
be fully costed and appropriately charged to the householders in the region.
The Region will, as part of their programme of environmental awareness, provide
information to householders on the need to recycle packaging waste and on how the
production of packaging waste can be prevented.
•
•
Waste Oils
It is the policy of the Region to promote and prioritise the regeneration of waste oil and its safe
collection. Waste oil within the Region will be managed in accordance with the Waste
Management (Hazardous Waste) Regulations 1998.
Tyres
It is the policy of the Region to promote the recovery, recycling and/or disposal of tyres in
accordance with best environmental practice.
The Region will promote the establishment of authorised facilities for the processing of waste
tyres.
11.8.
Market Development
The Region will examine the re-use of recovered materials within the Region and promote
research and development on them.
A fundamental element of waste reuse and recycling is the availability of markets for recyclable
and recycled materials. Market development will be encouraged through the public education
campaign and the implementation of legislative tools. Industry will be encouraged to adopt
minimum content standards for the recycled content of goods.
The Region will consult with the National Market Development Group for recycling markets and
assist, where appropriate, with the rollout of initiatives.
11.9.
Identification of Sites – Waste Disposal or Recovery
It is a requirement under Section 22 of the Waste Management Act (WMA) to identify those
sites at which waste disposal or recovery activities have been carried on (whether authorised or
unauthorised).
The policy direction issued by the Minister requires that each local authority:
•
•
Plan
prepare an inventory of sites at which waste disposal and recovery have been carried on
carry out an initial risk assessment of each of these sites (i.e. walkover survey)
Page 163 of 177
June 2006
The Region has commenced this process.
In response to the policy direction referred to above, the EPA has issued draft guidelines on the
Code of Practice for assessing the risk presented by such sites. The Region will have regard to
the Code of Practice as developed by the Office of Environmental Enforcement.
In the period prior to the National Guidelines being published, the Region will develop the
following procedure:
•
an initial assessment will be undertaken by the Region of any such allegations of
unauthorised waste activities
depending upon a range of relevant factors, the nature and scale of the activity, its
seriousness and environmental impact, whether a first-time or repeat offender is involved,
and other relevant issues, enforcement action will be taken where necessary.
•
In accordance with Section 22(7)(h) of the Waste Management Acts 1996 to 2003, the following
measures will be utilised to identify sites where waste disposal or recovery activities have been
carried out in the past or which are otherwise contaminated. This identification process will also
have regard to the DoEHLG’s Circular letter ENV 11/88, which is entitled “Identification of Waste
Contaminated Land”, and the relevant parts of the National Hazardous Waste Management
Plan.
Details of sites known or suspected to have been used for the historic disposal of hazardous
waste will be included in a “Section 26 Register”. Once identified, the sites will be prioritised in
accordance to the methodology set out in Chapter 7 of the National Hazardous Waste
Management Plan. The implementation of the Section 26 Register will require significant
additional staffing and financial resources.
Table 11.1 below outlines the stages for the risk assessment of such sites.
Table11.1:
Hazardous Waste Management Plan – Methodology for Developing
a Register for Hazardous Waste Disposal Sites
Stage 1
Develop a list of the industrial, commercial or agricultural activities most likely to have
resulted in the generation of hazardous waste which would subsequently have required
disposal either on or off-site.
Stage 2
Assess historical land-use with particular reference to the contaminative uses identified
in Stage 1. This will require a desk study to identify the waste disposal activities likely to
have been carried out and whether these took place on or off-site.
Stage 3
Identify which of the locations identified in Stage 2 are most likely to have been used for
the disposal of hazardous waste.
Stage 4
Compile a ‘Section 26 Register’ of all suspected or known hazardous waste disposal
sites.
Stage 5
Carry out a preliminary risk assessment based on the desk study procedure in Stages 1
to 4. The assessment will allow suspect sites to be provisionally allocated to one of three
priority categories (A, B or C), thereby assigning each site included in the local authority
register to a preliminary priority rating.
Plan
Page 164 of 177
June 2006
Stage 6
Undertake an intermediate risk assessment, based on a literature review and a visual
inspection of the site. The results of this procedure will allow suspect sites to be reallocated, as appropriate, to a more relevant priority category. The resultant priority rating
will allow identification of those sites which must be subjected to Stage 7 investigations,
as well as ranking them in order of priority.
Stage 7
Carry out a detailed risk assessment, based on actual site investigation work. Stage 7
investigations will verify the presence or absence of contaminants and will provide the
information to be used to identify an appropriate remediation strategy.
In general the categories of waste disposal sites are:
a)
b)
c)
d)
Local authority operated sites (1977 – 1996)
Local authority sites operated and closed under a waste licence
Existing local authority landfills
Orphan sites (sites where the owner and/or operator are unknown).
For sites in (a) to (c) inclusive, it is the policy of the Region to compile an initial register by the
end of 2006. For other sites, they will be added to the register as they are identified.
The local authorities in the Region in moving from the direct provision of disposal facilities to an
integrated waste management system, local authorities will no longer have the income streams
available to them to adequately address legacy (historical) landfills or waste recovery activities.
State assistance is now being made available and accordingly the Region will seek the
maximum state assistance to provide the funding to achieve the necessary standards in
remediation and aftercare to comply with pending guidance from the EPA and the Section 60
Policy Notice from the DoEHLG.
11.10. Unauthorised Waste Management Activities
The Region recognises the need to ensure that the Waste Management Acts and subsidiary
legislation are enforced in an effective and equitable manner across the region as a whole.
Enforcement activity will involve the full invocation of all relevant powers under national law
where this is necessary and appropriate. Particular enforcement effort will be concentrated upon
activities which are large-scale, are associated with significant environmental impacts, involve
repeat offenders or continue after the receipt of warnings. Issues of priority to the Region will
include the operation of unauthorised waste management sites and collection activities, flytipping and backyard burning by householders and commerce. Operators of facilities subject to
waste permits or registrations and waste transporters authorised by waste collection permits will
be expected to fully comply with these forms of statutory authorisation. Enforcement effort will
also be targeted to ensure that there is strict compliance with any relevant by-laws covering
issues such as waste presentation.
The Region is committed to tracking and auditing waste movements within the region.
Plan
Page 165 of 177
June 2006
11.11. Contaminated Sites
The Region will continue to liaise with the EPA’s Office of Environmental Enforcement. The
Agency has established a working group which is currently developing a “Complaints
Investigation Protocol” on waste-related issues. It will be the policy of the Region to implement
the protocol as developed by the Office of Environmental Enforcement.
From the outset, the Region has been represented on the National Working Group for
Unauthorised Waste Activities.
Nationally, unauthorised waste management activities and contaminated sites have proven a
difficult area to police from a range of perspectives, including legal, geographical and
administrative perspectives. The Region has engaged in the process and has identified a
number of sites.
In relation to unauthorised waste management activities and contaminated sites, the Region will
have regard to:
•
•
the policy direction issued by the Minister for the Environment, Heritage and Local
Government on the 3rd May 2005
the EC Court of Justice judgment dated the 26th April 2005 against Ireland in relation to the
Waste Directive 75/442/EEC as amended by 91/156/EC.
It is the policy of the Region that all costs incurred in respect of investigations relating to proven
unauthorised waste activities will be recovered from the landowner, collector and/or operator of
the facility.
Investigation may include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
an initial site walk over/site history investigation to determine the waste material deposited
at the site
trial pit site investigation
gas monitoring or probe survey at each trial pit
collection of surface water samples
collection of soil samples from each trial pit location
chemical analysis of all samples obtained
If required, intrusive site investigations of unauthorised waste sites, as well as other
contaminated land, will be conducted in accordance with BS 5930:1999 titled “Code of Practice
for Site Investigations” and the “Guidance Notes for the Safe Drilling of Landfills and
Contaminated Land” where required.
It is the policy of the Region that the environmental assessments/investigations carried out on
behalf of the landowner will only be undertaken by a suitably qualified and experienced
organisation. The appointment of such a body will be required to be subject to the approval of
the relevant County or City Council within the region in a manner appropriate for each instance
where it is necessary.
Plan
Page 166 of 177
June 2006
11.12. Policy on Joint Management and Procurement
It is the policy of the local authorities to act jointly in the procurement and management of waste
infrastructure necessary to implement the policies and to achieve the targets of this Plan.
It is the policy of the local authorities to act jointly to develop (or to facilitate the development) on
a phased basis of required waste infrastructure (i.e. residual landfill) so as to minimise
redundancy in the waste system. In respect of local authority owned/procured facilities, this may
necessitate the sharing of existing facilities and/or the co-ordination of delivery of
proposed/future facilities.
It is the policy of the local authorities to act jointly in sharing the procurement and/or financial
risk in managing and/or developing the waste infrastructure necessary for the region.
Each local authority undertakes not to facilitate, procure, develop and/or manage any waste
facility, if by so doing, the procurement and/or the development of regional waste infrastructure
required under this plan is compromised or made non viable.
11.13. Location of Waste Management Facilities
It is the policy of the Region to provide adequately for waste management facilities, not
withstanding the zoning of land for the use solely or primarily of particular areas for particular
purposes in development plans, or the absence of zoning provisions, approval for waste
management facilities necessary for the proper implementation of the Plan shall be considered
open for consideration in all areas, in addition disposal sites shall have regard to the Landfill
Site Selection Manual (EPA 1996).
In some areas public infrastructure such as roads, sewers, water supply etc. may not be of the
required standard. However if the need for the facility so requires and if the infrastructure will be
provided by or on behalf of the developer/local authority by the time the facility is fully
operational or within a reasonable time thereafter, deficiency of infrastructure shall not prejudice
the achievement of the objectives of this Plan.
In the siting of future waste facilities, consideration will be given to the following environmental
protection areas:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Special Areas of Conservation
Special Protection Areas
Statutory Nature Reserve
National Park
Wildfowl Sanctuary
Sensitive Areas for Urban Wastewater
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Areas of Special Control in County
Development Plans
•
Plan
Refuge for Fauna
Ramsar Site
Biogenetic Reserve
UNESCO Biosphere Reserve
Salmonid Water
Sensitive Areas for Fisheries and
Forestry
Protected Areas as listed in Annex IV of
the Water Framework Directive
Page 167 of 177
June 2006
11.14. Complaints Management
The Region will have regard to the guidelines from the Complaints Working Group established
under the Enforcement Network, co-ordinated by the OEE.
Plan
Page 168 of 177
June 2006
12. WISER WAYS’ PUBLIC AWARENESS & INFORMATION CAMPAIGN
12.1.
Introduction
All key stakeholders must be made aware of the Plans objectives. Awareness is created by
establishing a strong identity for the Plan and communicating this consistency and uniformly.
Public sector buy-in is essential for individuals to identify why a change in their behaviour
towards waste management is necessary and to develop an acceptance for the need for waste
recovery and disposal facilities.
This section outlines the public awareness/education strategy that is proposed for the
implementation of the Joint Waste Management Plan for the South East Region (JWMPSE).
12.2.
Public Awareness and Information Strategy
The awareness strategy will continue the “W.I.S.E.R WAYS” - Waste Initiative for the South
East Region theme and will complement the national “Race Against Waste” and “Waste
Prevention Minimisation” campaigns. The Public Awareness and Information Strategy can be
set out under four headings:
•
•
•
•
targets –key objectives/targets set by European and National legislation and policy
key Issues – focusing on local and regional issues
strategy and implementation – the broad messages, communications routes and
techniques to be used to meet these objectives
delivery – this will involve the development of the key messages, raising awareness and
educating key stakeholders
The public awareness/campaign will lay the communications foundations for important events
around which the plan will be delivered. These include:
•
•
•
roll-out of new collection schemes and methods
increasing and maintaining public participation in recycling initiatives
establishment of the necessary waste management infrastructure
12.2.1.
Targets
The context for this communications strategy will be set at a number of inter-locking levels.
Among the most important of these are:
•
European policy drivers
EU Directives for waste management set mandatory targets to be achieved by Member States.
These include the Landfill and Packaging Directives, as well as measures relating to end of life
vehicles and waste electrical and electronic equipment. The targets outlined in the Directives
are challenging and meeting them will require a step-change in public, business and public
sector attitudes and behaviour.
Plan
Page 169 of 177
June 2006
•
National policy drivers
There are three national policy documents relevant to waste management in Ireland, with the
most recent “Waste Management - Taking Stock and Moving Forward” (2004) joining the earlier
publications “Waste Management – Changing Our Ways” (1998) and “Preventing and Recycling
Waste – Delivering Change” (2002). In this respect the key policy statement is “Changing our
Ways” which sets targets that must be met by the local authorities in the South East region by
2013. Achieving these targets will require the active collaboration of all stakeholders across the
region. All stakeholders will need to be able to identify why a change in their behaviour towards
waste management is necessary to achieve these targets.
•
Joint Waste Management Plan for the South East Region
The Joint Waste Management Plan for the South East Region identifies the need for the
establishment of an integrated waste management strategy in order for the local authorities
within the region to meet statutory obligations. The plan emphasises the importance of waste
reduction and sets out detailed measures to substantially raise recycling and recovery rates in
line with national targets. It identifies the broad infrastructure requirements in the longer-term to
meet landfill diversion and reduction targets. The plan incorporates provision for public
awareness and information to help meet the targets.
There are already a number of local initiatives being implemented throughout the region by the
Environmental Education/Awareness Officers in each local authority. These include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Annual Environmental Awards
Environmental Partnership Awards
Schools Environmental Education Program
Green Schools
home composting
increased provision of bring banks and recycling centres
roll out of 2 and 3-bin collection systems
•
Race Against Waste
The national awareness campaign, launched in October 2003, deliberately uses “shock”
imagery to bring home to people the scale and urgency of the task involved in reducing waste
arisings and dealing more sustainably with unavoidable wastes. The campaigns strategy for
dealing with waste in Ireland is to:
•
•
•
•
reduce the amount of waste we produce
maximise the amount of waste we recycle
minimise the amount of waste going to landfill
convert the remainder to energy in properly managed and monitored facilities
The campaign is both a stylistic and practical context within which local initiatives in the South
East Region will operate, reflecting at a local level the national message.
12.2.2.
Key Issues
There will be four key areas central to the initial public information and awareness strategy for
the region. These are:
The task is urgent - The campaign will quantify the scale of the task locally and make the link
between this and the need for everyone to participate in local and regional initiatives as they are
rolled-out.
Plan
Page 170 of 177
June 2006
The region is ready - The campaign will clearly illustrate that the authorities in the region are
ready to meet the challenge. The JWMPSE is in place and a raft of practical initiatives will be
instigated.
This is what you need to/can do - Clear and simple messages will be delivered to key
stakeholders (householders, schools, business and agriculture, community leaders etc.) about
the simple day-to day tasks they can perform to help reach the targets. This will include clear
messages on waste prevention and minimisation which will tie in with the “Race Against Waste
Campaign”
12.2.3.
Strategy and Implementation
The strategy will comprise a number of inter-linked elements, some ‘temporary’ and some
‘permanent’. The temporary aspects will be related primarily to awareness raising and the more
permanent aspects to education.
12.2.4.
Delivery
The primary campaign will involve four broad phases:
•
•
•
•
Plan
development - Identifying key messages and imagery and developing communications
tools and materials. A flexible approach towards the implementation of the education and
communications campaign is essential as situations change and issues arise.
raising awareness: high profile and high impact activity to engage key stakeholders and
enthuse them to act
education - a rolling programme of initiatives to keep the issues in peoples’ minds and
provide timely advice and information on how to participate; a constant drip feed will also
help maintain awareness levels
evaluation - as the programme is implemented its effectiveness must be measured so
that where necessary massages can be re-targeted and also so that success can be
noted and recorded to help maintain motivation.
Page 171 of 177
June 2006
13. IMPLEMENTATION – PROGRAMME & MONITORING
13.1.
Introduction
With respect to the implementation of the plans the national policy document “Taking Stock –
Moving Forward” requires that “In order to ensure a sharper focus on the implementation of
waste management plans, local authorities will be required to:
•
Set out in their plan the key actions that are to be delivered in each of the plan’s five
years, and
Prepare, within 3 months of the end of each year, an annual report on implementation “
•
13.2.
Implementation Programme
The implementation programme for each year of the plan is outlined in Figure 14.1 and
summarised below. The implementation of the major infrastructure will extend beyond the
review period for this particular plan.
Year
2006
Plan
Task
• adoption of the Plan
• public awareness strategy (DoEHLG Funding)
• introduction of producer responsibility initiatives (PRI)
• implementation of Pay-by-Use
• upgrading of existing bring banks
• implementation of phased development of 4 recycling centres
• provision of receptacles for household hazardous, WEEE and
other priority waste streams at recycling centres throughout
the region
• encourage provision of a mobile C&D facility for the region
• enforcement
of
Waste
Permits
(collection
and
disposal/recovery)
• implementation of restoration and aftercare programmes for
existing landfills
• analysis of methodology used to collate waste arisings data
• procurement process of an integrated waste management
facility – ongoing
• Commencement of Section 22 and 26 registers.
• regulation of all end-of-life vehicle facilities throughout the
region
• promotion of home composting
• promotion of the provision of large scale dry MRF’s and
biological waste treatment facilities by the private sector
• procurement of an integrated waste management facility
• ongoing implementation of 2-bin system throughout the region
for all waste sectors
Page 172 of 177
June 2006
Year
2007
Task
• upgrading existing bring banks
• Public Awareness Campaign
• promotion of Producer Responsibility Initiatives (PRI)
• enforcement
of
Waste
Permits
(collection
and
disposal/recovery)
• implementation of restoration and aftercare programmes for
existing landfills
• promotion of the provision of large scale dry MRF’s and
• procurement of an integrated waste management facility –
ongoing
2008
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
2009
•
•
•
•
2010
•
•
•
•
•
2011
•
•
•
•
Plan
Public Awareness Strategy
encourage the provision of a mobile C&D facility for the region
completion of the installation of the remaining recycling
centres in the region
enforcement
of
waste
permits
(collection
and
disposal/recovery)
implementation of restoration and aftercare programmes for
existing landfills
analysis of methodology for collating waste arisings data
promotion of the provision of large scale dry MRF’s and
procurement of an integrated waste management facility ongoing
achievement of 80-85% coverage of all households in the
region for domestic waste collection
enforcement
of
Waste
Permits
(collection
and
disposal/recovery)
existing landfills
utilisation of large scale dry MRF’s and biological waste
treatment facilities
enforcement
of
Waste
Permits
(collection
and
disposal/recovery)
existing landfills
utilisation of large scale dry MRF’s and biological waste
treatment facilities
construction of an integrated waste management facility
enforcement of Waste Collection and Disposal Permits
implement restoration and aftercare programmes for existing
landfills
utilisation of an integrated waste management facility
Page 173 of 177
June 2006
Table 13.1:
Plan
Programme of Implementation of the Joint Waste Management Plan
Page 174 of 177
June 2006
14. PROCUREMENT (INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY)
The Outline Business Plan (2004) concluded that the implementation of the Plan either in whole
or in part would most likely be through the use of one or more Public/Private Partnership (PPP)
arrangements.
A preliminary PPP assessment was conducted and recommended that a full concession
procurement structure was most likely to achieve the Regions objectives. It stressed that
procurement processes should focus on attracting solutions which would address the waste
management needs of the region.
In relation to implementation of the Plan it states that the future waste management system in
the Region should be structured as follows:
•
•
•
“Current collection arrangements should continue for the foreseeable future and the
rollout of the two and three bin collection systems should be introduced in time for the
relevant facilities coming on stream”
Waste processing services should be procured as PPP’s on a full concession basis.
These services are to be funded through gate fees payable by collector’s when delivering
material to the facilities.
Landfills should continue to be provided by the Local Authorities as a destination of last
resort for residual waste not capable of being processed any further.
It considered that a lead authority would be the main contracting authority for the PPP and that
the necessary arrangements would be established between the local authorities in the region to
enable this. It further considered that these arrangements should include:
•
•
•
“the pooling of assets and resources”
“the establishment of a project management team”
“the allocation of resources of personnel to provide the capacity to fulfil the roles and
responsibility being assigned under such a structure”
14.1.1.
Public/Private Partnership
The Local Authorities commenced the appointment process for a Client’s Representative for the
procurement of integrated waste management services in the South East in March 2004 leading
to the appointment of a Client’s Representative for the procurement of integrated waste
management services.
The Client’s Representative implementation of the PPP programme is divided into four distinct
stages as follows:
•
•
•
•
Plan
project start-up
phase 1 which covers the PPP approach development and will include options appraisal,
waste market review, regional co-operation, definition memorandum and benchmarking
phase 2 which includes procurement management, pre-qualification, bidding process, bid
evaluation, negotiation and contract award
phase 3 which includes contract and performance management including commissioning
of facilities
Page 175 of 177
June 2006
The flow chart setting out the methodology for the above phases is shown in Figure 14.1.
Figure 14.1: Flow Chart for Setting out Methodology
Methodology
6 weeks
Project Startup
Inception Meeting
Appointment of Client’s Rep
Options Appraisal
Waste Market Review
Definition Memorandum
Benchmarking
Regional Cooperation
8 Months
Phase 1
EU Journal PIN Notice
Prepare Prequal Docs
Issue Prequal Notice
Establish Award Criteria
Plan
Issue Invitation to Bid
Debrief Unsuccessful Applicants
Issue Bid Documents
Prepare Bid Documentation
Assessment of Bids
Contractor’s Bid Preparation
Contract Award
Debrief Unsuccessful Applicants
Design Review
Statutory Process
Commissioning
Performance Monitoring
Page 176 of 177
Performance Monitoring
20 - 27 Months
Selection of Bidders
3 - 4 Years
Phase 3
Phase 2
Assessment of Prequal
June 2006
i
Department of the Environment and Local Government, Waste Management – Changing Our
Ways, 1998
ii
DoELG, Prevention and Recycling – Delivering Change, 2002.
iii
The European Parliament and the Council Of The European Union, Directive on packaging
and packaging waste, 94/62/EC, 1994
iv
Council of the European Union, Directive on the Landfill of Waste, 1999/31/EC, 1999
v
Department of the Environment, Sustainable Development – A Strategy for Ireland, 1997
vi
Department of the Environment and Local Government, Local Authorities and Sustainable
Development - Guidelines on Local Agenda 21, 1995 and Department of the Environment and
Local Government, Towards Sustainable Local Communities - Guidelines on Local Agenda 21,
2001
vii
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, Kyoto Protocol, 1997
viii
European Commission, Fifth Environmental Action Programme of the European Community Towards Sustainability, 1996
ix
European Commission, Sixth Environmental Action Programme of the European Community Environmental 2010: Our future, Our choice, 2001.
x
EPA, National Waste Database, 1998
xi
Fehily Timoney & Company, Waste Management Strategy for the South East, 1998
xii
CSO, Census 2002, Volume 6. Figures include Farmers and Agricultural Workers in the
Labour Force as classified by the CSO
xiii
CSO, Census of Industrial Production 2002
Plan
Page 177 of 177
June 2006
Emmet Street
Clonmel
Co. Tipperary
Tel: 052 34455
Fax: 052 24355
Email: [email protected]
Athy Road
Carlow
Tel: 059 9170300
Fax: 059 9141503
County Hall
John Street
Co. Kilkenny
Tel: 056 7752699
Fax: 056 7763384
Bishop’s Palace
The Mall
Waterford
Tel: 051 309900
Fax: 051 870813
Civic Offices
Dungarvan
Co. Waterford
Tel: 058 22000
Fax: 058 20889
County Hall
Wexford
Tel: 053 42211
Fax: 053 24852
Website: www.wastenot.ie

Joint Waste Management Plan for the South East Region 2006

Transcription

Similar documents

Recycling Bloopers

Introducing Envirosealed Windows from Vytex the industry`s most

28994 Bulky Waste Collections.indd

Solid Waste Services

AVI Recycling Services - Amador Valley Industries

BURRTEC NEWS

Leaflet Catalyst Recycling

For information on the Buntús Programme for Pre

What can go in my bin?

Let`s Talk Trash